$£ 
 
 i 
 
 ^"**9< 
 

 \\ * 
 
 T>-RTi«T«i?rpn-Nr at t *?' 
 
 PRINCETON, N. J. 
 
 Collection of Puritan Literature. 
 
 Division 
 
 Section 
 
 Number 
 
 \\2jOO 
 
THE FAITHFVi: 
 
 ' SHEPHE ARD 
 
 amended and enlarged : 
 With 
 
 The SbepbeardspraBife in breaching 
 
 annexed thereunto : 
 
 Or 
 
 His manor of fjeeding his flocke. 
 
 Vublifhedby Rich'ard Barnerd Trencher of gods 
 
 V^ord at fforf9p m 2i*tingk4mf?jirt, 
 
 ;_&foc7; mj little vSee th% Qontentu 
 
 j Jr*imoth.». 15. * 
 
 Stuaictofl)ew™6|Jftpproiied L fGodj a workman that ncccUch 
 not to beafhatrol, diuiding the Word of truth aright. 
 
 C4t x 
 
 r . a 
 
 LONDON 
 
 Printed by zArnold Hut f eld for Iohn&ti 
 
THE CO N T E NTS 
 
 in thirteene Chapters, 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 OF preaching : where is proouedtheneceffitie thereat he 
 ant'iquitic of it, and the calling of a Afjnifler to be honor- 
 able before God, before men, Ch> ftian and Heathen, 
 CHAP. II. 
 Of a <JWinis~lcrs entrance into his place : of his gifts and calline 
 thereunto. 
 
 CHAP. IIL 
 Of his wife a;':i godly proceeding in his charge, I . Hee must 
 feed his flocke aright, and how. Of diners forts of people, ig- 
 norant and indocible, with the caufes thereof 2. Igno- 
 rant <W doable, and here of catechising, theneceffitieofit, 
 with the maner how to profit the people, and to win them to it, 
 3. Taughtjbutvnfan&ified, 4. belecuingandconfci- 
 onablc, j*. back- Aiding, 6. rnixt of all , and how to 
 deale with fuck; Laftly , of t he PaJtours diligence, but yet 
 euer to jpeakf prepared : where are many reafons againsl the 
 vanitie of preaching extempore. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 Of prayer before the Sermon 5 an ancient cuftome and holy : what 
 is required to be able to pray ardently : long and tedious pray- 
 er not commendable ; of the voice and gesture in prayer j afet 
 forme in the beginning not amijfe. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 Of the Preface after prayer , when to vfe it , whence to fetch it : 
 and ofgiuing titles. 1 1 . Of the text of Scripture, of reading 
 it out of the tranJlation,ofthevfe of our mother tongue in Ser- 
 mons : the text mufl be out of the Canon of the Scripture. It 
 mufl be a fit text for the Hearers : of the difcommoditie of an 
 vnapt text. How a LMmiHer may fit his text for his audi- 
 torie. 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 Of the Analyfn of the text : what to obferue therein : how to find 
 
 A z out 
 
mtthefcope : of diuiding the text orderly, and the di/comwc- 
 dity of the want of order. Firfi to confider in dimding a text 
 the gener all tear me, of which there are 3Z inflates, and how 
 to know which may ferue for the text, o^f double example: 
 one out of the Old,ancther out of the New tefiament. Laftly, 
 of the vfe ofLogicke, and hew necejfary it is for a r Diuine. 
 CHAP. VII. 
 Of the interpretation of the words : what is to be explained, and 
 what not : how Scriptures become obfeure eight wayes, and by 
 what meanes to make themplaine, and to. remove the obfeuri- 
 tie. One true fenfe of ' euery place , and how to gme that , and 
 the meanes to trie whether it be the riaht fenfe or no :. by ana- 
 logic of faith, byobferuationofcircumflances, and by 'compa- 
 ringplace with place, with the fame ,orlike,orvnlike. In Scri- . 
 ptureno contraditlion : what is required to make it, how to 
 reconcile places : what Scriptures arc to be expounded figura- 
 tiuely, and not literally : feuen things nominated for that pur- 
 pofe, and three examples fet downe to iUuflrate the fame : Ec- 
 clef.7.22. Man.l6.z6. Rom. 12. 20. with certaine rules of 
 reconciliation with inflames thereof. What is required of a 
 CMinifler to be able to do this : knowledge of the three princi- 
 pal! languages, Arts, Grammar, Rhetoricke, and all other Sci- 
 ences, knowledge in the principles ofDiuinity,ofthe holy Scri- 
 ptures, where isjhewed how to reade them with profit. What 
 books are needfull befides the Bibles , (fat echifme sand Con* 
 cor 'dances , and what vfe they are of, and how to vfe them: 
 Analytical expojitions, Annotations, (fommonplaces, Com- 
 mentaries , Ecclefiafiicall histories , (fonncels and Fathers, 
 where caueats be fet downe in reading, them.- tsffter thefe, 
 Cwtrouerfies, andSchoolcmen. 
 
 CHAP. I IX. 
 Ofgatheringdoclrines : whatadotlrinek, and howto handle a 
 text that is a do Urine of it felfe. How to gather dotl'rines, 
 and from thence eleuen wayes : from the occafio7i,from the co- 
 herence, and that diuer/ly 5 from thefcope, from themanerof 
 deliuerie, which is /hewed to be many wayes \frcm the order of 
 the words, from the conioyning ordifunBion of words orfen- 
 
 tences : 
 
Tiii V-» \J IN A J- H 1 vJl 
 
 fwr w : /W> //?r wor^J" f taw £//**f flue wayes ; jfow rta cir 
 cumflances, many and diners ; from the variety of the matter 
 conteinedm t he words , where is mention of common p lac in r, 
 when to begin, and how to handle it. From a thing by propor- 
 tion, where of allegorizing, fine things to be therein obferued, 
 how to handle an allegcris, andfi-om v;hat places of Scripture 
 toraife it, Laftly , fromfimilitudes, which are of two forts, 
 and fi-om parables. II. Of ' thedeliuerie , and the pr oof e of 
 doElrmes , what order to be kept in collecting the ground lay ed 
 firfl downe, what fit to be deliuered,andwhat to bcftoedvpon, 
 what to be auoided : fine things to be obferued to deliucr 
 found do 11 r inc. zs4 dotlrineis to be deliuered, grauely, and 
 briefly, with a reafon thereof ', a pro of e of Scripture, an ex- 
 ample , and with an exhortation to the embracing ofitfome- 
 time, 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 Of making vfes of the dotlrines : what an vfe is, how it differ eth 
 euerfrom dotlrine : how' to make vfes, Foure kinds of vfes. 
 I. Of Redargution,2rtan# are noted fiue things to the con - 
 uincing ofanaduerfiry, and how by arguments feuen wayes to 
 confute him- : often vreake props of errors andfalfhood: of cer- 
 tain can cats to be marked both before men enter into a contro- 
 ffierfie,and in the handling t her of II. The vfe of inftru &i- 
 on, what it is, whence to conclude it, how to vrge it by fix rea- 
 fons : to /hew meanes to attaine to the performance of the duty, 
 and of fix reafons alfo to moue to vfe the meanes, with an ex- 
 hortation toftirrevp the affeel ions , and alfo which oft hem 
 fpecially ; laflly , what %hetoricall figures chiefly to be vfed, 
 III, The vfe of corre&ing, whatitis , whence it arifeth, 
 and how to follow it, Tenne waies to proue a thing to befinne : 
 fine kinds of reafons to dijfwade from vice by \ and the meanes 
 to bejhewed hew to leave it^ Heere alfo of the zfb. ofRheto- 
 ricke, and of the affections > andhowfliame, compunclton, com- 
 paffwn , repentance , feare of God, and hope of mercy may be 
 wrought in the hearers. I V. The vfe of confolation, 
 what it is, and whence to gather comforts, Laftlj, what is re- 
 quired of a LMinifier to be able to do allthefe things. 
 
 A -3 tHAP, 
 
I "E TO U N 1 h N 1 5- ♦ 
 
 CHAP. X. 
 
 Of application : what it is, and how it differ eth from vfe : the pro- 
 fir thereof: what kind of application the wicked can away with. 
 How to apply euery vfe with profit yea thevfe of reproofs with 
 z,eale,andyet keepe moderation,ifwe obfervefiuc things there 
 fet downe. Foure way es to manifest our lone in reprehending 
 and thejharpneffe thereof may by fine meanes be allayed. Vfe 
 and application?nay be ioynedin one, and when. 
 CHAP. XL 
 Of pretention ofobieElions, why and how it is done : three things 
 to be therein confidered: what things mvfi be prevented, what 
 a Minifier is to take heed vnto , to be able to prevent obietti- 
 ons, and in vfing prevention howfarre to proceed. 
 CHAP. XH. 
 Of the conclufion of the Sermon : what time convenient for a Ser- 
 mon : the difcommoditie of tcdiovfneffe : three things to be 
 done in the end, 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 Offvch things as are required of a <JMiniHer toperformethe 
 -whole worke, I . a qvicke apprehenjion, z a good me- 
 mories where is how to helpea weake memorie, of writing Ser- 
 mons , and of a ninefolde benefit which commeth thereby : of 
 meditation, the meanes thereof : time, place, and matter or- 
 derly difpofed. The difcommoditie of being tied to words. 
 3 . Facihtie ofjpeech, what it is to fpeake aptly and properly : 
 true eloquence to be approoued, and how to be attained : of the 
 voice ', and how to order it. 4. A gracious heart, y. Com- 
 ly countenance, 6. Reverend gefivre : how vnfeemly ge- 
 ftures are gotten, and how to be amended. 7 Godly conver- 
 sation, where, of the thirteene vertuesofagoodCMini&er, 
 and of fix vices e/pecially to be avoided in him. 8. A good 
 Ubrarie, and competent maintenance. 
 
 TO 
 

 TO THE RIGHT 
 
 REVEREND FATHER 
 
 I A m e s by the prouidcncc of God Lord Bifl?op 
 
 of B a t h e and W e l l s , R. B. wifhcch 
 
 hcArtily AlLtYuek&ffincfJc and 
 
 felt citie for euer. 
 
 T is the fayingof him (rightrc- 
 uerend Father) whom God 
 did mooue your Loidfhip 
 once to honour with this fc- 
 le&ed text , Mofesmyferuant is 
 dead j to your great praife,Gn*- 
 uis eft £?* arduHsJi quis alius ex omni Theologiajocus 
 is > qui eftdeformandtscmicionibus : by which (be^ 
 ing vttered of a man of that learning and expe- 
 rience) I might be fomewhat afraid to attempt 
 thepublilliingofthisTreatifejVponfuchafub- 
 ied, but that I know it is acceptable to God (if 
 wee haue no greater gilt to ofter) to caft a mite 
 into the Lords Treafurie : and Ihauehadalfo 
 the approbation of forae, tor my incouragc- 
 naent, both in the Vmuerfitie and Countrey. A 
 mite in a great Treafurie is fmall in ftiew for en- 
 creafement thereunto ; neuerthelefleitisfomc- 
 what, though but a mite. What I haue perfor- 
 med in this labour for matter and method, it 
 
 A A niiY 
 
The EriSTLE Dedicatorie, 
 may by reading of it appeare ; my labour hath 
 not been little, my intendment good : Whatfo- 
 eueritis (reuerend Father) I prefume to ofFerit 
 vnto you, as a poore Prefent,to teftifie my hum- 
 ble and hearty thankfulneiTe for your manifold 
 kindnefles and liberall fauours vnto me. Long 
 agoe I did offer it to your view , but in a naked 
 fhape, and inthcfirft conception, which atter- 
 wards 1 better proportioned & publifhed : and 
 npwhaue thus clothed it as itis , and lent it out 
 againc this fccond time. Ifmy pouertie could 
 haue affoorded a better teitimonie, as I heartily 
 with , it fhould moft gladly haue gone foorth, 
 as worthily deferued, vnder the honor of your 
 name. Accept (my very good Lord) this labor 
 once againe,asreuifed,and fomwhat enlarged: 
 and (a looke vpon it, asyou haue been and arc 
 vvo.ont, louingly to accept of me : fo (liali you 
 encourage me ftill to further endeuours , and 
 bindeme the more in all dutifullrcfpe&to ac- 
 knowledge yourprofefied and approued loue 
 and goodwill conftant towards mee; and to 
 powreout my prayers to God continually for 
 your preferuation and encreafeinall fpirituali 
 graces for euer. 
 
 Tour Lordjbifsboundenin Chrift lefu* eutr, 
 
 Rj CHARD BA-RNERD. 
 

 TO H IS BRETHREN 
 
 oftlieMinil/terie, and the 
 
 beloued Readers , Grace 
 and peace 
 
 He PreachingofGodslVord, (bre- y Q**t tmm 
 tbren in the Lord and beloued) . ° 
 being an open vnfolding thereof 
 by a pub like Mini Iter to the peo- 
 ples capacitie According to the ana- 
 logie of faith , with words of ex- 
 J h or tat ion applied to the confidence y 
 both 1 9 in for me and reforme, and where they be well, to 
 confirmed as it is moji l necejjarie , fois it indeed a very To teach 
 hard worke to be performed , though to the vnskilfu/I it ^"^^h 
 feemeeafie : sndthereupon^not a few vnaiuifedly take f cr ucncieof 
 it in hand ^Jpeaking without iudgement rafbly, without the Spirits 
 §rder prepofieroufly , tatching matter together without fo^cd/*" 
 dependancie, little to the peoples edification, and lejfe to 
 the honour of this holy Ordinance , which by thefe is 
 made odious with many , and held rather a talkeofthe 
 tongue fir om a difordered affecJion, without knowledge, 
 thanagodlyinftrucJion rightly dijpofed by fet led judge- 
 ment. It may be they are ?ia*';*5w, and ofia good affecfi- fo^wkh- 
 on attempt this work , but withall, they muft be M&kIim^ out know- 
 bauing abilitie in wif dome aptly to teach. Dificreetvn- ledge, nor 
 derfitandingmuHgoe with zede,andgrauitie with fin- \^ 1 01 
 ceritie : affection is headie without wife dome : this mo- 
 derates y as the other pricks forward : they mufi be linked 
 in/eparably. Knowledge alone deliuereth remi/ly , and 
 zeale alone, not rejpetfiuely : knowledge without zeale 
 
 B " permitteth 
 
To the Reader. 
 
 rsmuft ^ermittethofnwre than is meet , by distinct ion : dud 
 :wife,grauc ^ ea [ e no t according to knowledge breedeth but differs 
 n wittie in fion. It is requifit thcrfore the Ministers be neither \ ioi 
 ►ncchs, nor (whom pride may puff e vp, not yet hailing in a fin eft fed 
 rfat! o a ° n £<wA 5 learned to moderate the In sis of youth) nor i 
 
 pu7w 3 ^j- j^/ #0/ 4jp/ /^ teach, and vnfit to be Ouerfeers in 
 a Congregation : for wee muSt know what to teach for 
 the matter, and how for themaner \ and jo to diuidethe 
 Word aright to the hearers, which is required in all that 
 preach vnto the people. 
 
 ^ytnd therefore to further both thefe , vpon thefe 
 confederations duly weighed, I was encouraged to pro- 
 ceed and to vndergoe the maleuolous cenfure of this en- 
 The Authors uhm age. Fir ft } for that J fee many do obferue this or- 
 I . this method ^ er * n t* rt i though not fo exactly as were to be wifioed, 
 \ in preaching, andas it is here by precepts brief y and plainly fet downe, 
 who fe good approbation 1 hope to finde as maintenance 
 againSt the reSt. Secondly , for that I haue found by 
 mine owne experience in teaching , both the eafmeffe 
 thereof to be attained fo one vnto, as alfo that it is a very 
 found and a profit able way , as 1 haue iudged hearing o* 
 ther, and they me, neither difliked of any that I haue 
 heard of, who lifl to fpeake faithfully and with profit. 
 Thirdly , for that 1 hauingvpon an occafionftudiedthe 
 ii. of the firSt of the Corinthians, from the i}, <ver ft 
 to the end \ I finde plainly this method fet down e by the 
 ApoSi le , andfo hath it a Diuine and A post oil call appro * 
 bat ion ; forfuppoftng thei^.i^.i^. verfes to be as his 
 textoutofMatth.26. 26. 17. 28. the 16* conteineth 
 the [cope t the 27. is adotlrine, thei%. an vfe, the 19. a 
 reafon to enforce it , the 30. and 31. the application of 
 that which went before , to the prefent flute of the Co- 
 rinthians ; 
 
rlnthhns\ the 3 1. a prettention of an obiection wi 
 mast follow application , ^j y //^//^ declared in this Trca- 
 ti(e; the 3 3. <2^ 34. 4 lotting exhortation for the con- 
 clufton , with a briefe repetition of fomewhat before re- 
 prehended , tv/>/; a prefer ibed r erne die for the (awe. 
 This place gatte me the fir ft and chic fcU occafton to write 
 this Treatife of preachingand method therein. Fourth- 
 ly and laftly , for that I hatting laboured for all fitch 
 both olde and new which hxue written of this matter, 
 to further me , Iperfwadedmy felfe that this my labour 
 would not be unacceptable to my brethren, as it hath 
 been to me a painfull worke, wherein I hatte endeuott- 
 red tofetdowne much matter in very few words, and 
 to illuflrate the manifolde precepts by mident examples 
 briefly. 
 
 if in all this lattaine to my defire in any meafure , 1 
 content my felfe: my willwas to per feci ^ thogh through The Authors 
 difabditie 1 leatie the worke imperfecl. Nothing can be h o b ™ r ^° 
 fo well done, but a want may be ejpied byfome, or at leaft p fe,howfo» 
 fuppofed to befeene in the cunningefl dettice of man \ c«cr men take 
 andallknow, it is eafierto findeafault , than eitherto n etic by ic 
 begin well a cunning worke > or rightly to finifh an im- 
 perfect lab our , or to amend perfectly what is amiffe* I 
 looke for Carpers and fuch as would finde euen nodum 
 in fcirpo by an enuious eye in my labours. But iffome, 
 thofe that be my friends, doeprofit, ibleffe God, though 
 other doe not benefit \ for as amici omnia amice inter- 
 pretantur :) & in mcliorem partem dubia accipiunt \fo 
 inimici&inuidi male omnia , & peiorem in partem 
 vel optima torquereftudent. I pre fume not tomakea 
 
 /ruletoany, nor to tie all toone method \ butasminfJja/t 
 finde which is the beffi , that let them in judgement ap» 
 B 1 prone 
 
 J 
 

 TotneReader. 
 
 prone without partiail 'affection. I dcjire that mens per- 
 
 fons may not at any time bepreiudiciall to their labours. 
 
 Wife men infuch cafes doe weigh in iudgement thefub* 
 
 fiance , and are not with partial/ affecJton mi (led by 
 
 circumftance. So reade and iudge , as if you 
 
 that reade were your felues the Ait- 
 
 thottrs. In a word > Doe as you 
 
 would be done vnto. 
 
 Farewell. 
 
 
THE F AI THF VLL 
 Shep heard: 
 
 Or 
 
 The Shepheards 
 
 Faithtulnefle. 
 
 / 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 Of the necejjitie andexceilencie oft he LMinifferie and 
 the Word f reached. 
 
 Hen the World by wifedomc knew i.Cor. x. u f 
 not God in the vvifedome of God, 
 it pleafed God to appoint a weake The necefllty 
 meanes, in carnalliudgement, euen of Preaching 
 the foolimnefle of preaching tofaue ^ Pr « ch - 
 his Elect : And heerein ordinarily 
 God will fhew his power tofaue all 
 that frail be faued. It was from the Antiquitie of 
 beginning Preaching andProphefying, beforethe fall and preaching. 
 after. In Paradifc God taught c^wand Eue both Law 
 Genef 2. 6. 17. and Gofpell, Genef. 3.15. Beforethe flood, 
 Enoch, Iudeverfe 1 4. Noah, 1 .Pet. 3.19. After the flood, to 
 Afofes, Abraham, Genef. 20.7* and\%. 19. Ifaacand Jacob, 
 lofeph, 'Pfa/.iOf.iz. From Mofes, leremiehithy the Lord Ier. 7.15. 
 ceaicd aot to fend his feruants the Prophets. And S. lames 
 
 B 3 witnefleth 
 

 witncfieth that Mafes had his ordinary Teachers, continued 
 
 to his dayes, Acl. i /. 2 1 . The Apoftle o~\ 'PasttuXs vs. that 
 
 as Chriitfcntout his Apoftlcs, and gaue them a charge at 
 
 his Afccnfion, with a promife, Matt. 28. 18.19. io he gaue 
 
 gifts for the ^4iniftc^e and Preaching of the Word vntothe 
 
 world s end, Sphef. a. \ 2 . Bfii. 66.21. Ierem. 33.21. without 
 
 „ the which the people pcvAh.Prou. 2.9.18. How can people 
 
 Rom 10 14. ,, 1 S r .*• 1 11 1 TT r 1 
 
 I?4 call on him in whom they haue not belceued? How can they 
 
 bclceueof whom they haue not heard ? and how can they 
 
 heare without a Preacher ? It is therefore verie necelTarie, 
 
 w< . and thofe which iriould preach the fame. For this caufc, by 
 
 'to preaching tne no b r Spirit the Minifters of the Gofpell are called Light, 
 
 Minifters, to Salt, Sauiors, Seers, Chariots of Ifracl, and Horfemen there- 
 
 fhew howne- of, Paftours, Planters, Watcrers, Builders, and Stewards, 
 
 <effary they Watch-men, Souldiers, Nurfes, and fuchlike ; comparing 
 
 them tofuch things, and callings, as aremolt common, and 
 
 alfo needfull to necelTarie vfes : that the neceffitieofthem 
 
 heereby may be considered of, both for the Church aad 
 
 Common-wealth. For that is true by experience, that men 
 
 through the preaching of the Word confcionablie , are 
 
 brought to more euen ciuill humanitic, than by thelawes 
 
 of man, which may bridle fomewhat : But it is the Word 
 
 only which worketh confeience to God , true obedience te 
 
 men, Chriftianlouc andpietic : Yea the Word can worke 
 
 fuch humiliation and fubie&ion (for it is the power of God) 
 
 and that to be voluntarily, as it appeareth in the King of Ni- 
 
 ncuie,his Nobles and people, as no power of man can workc 
 
 and bringthern vnto. Therefore (hould this, if men haue no 
 
 better grace, euen in policic be accounted necelTarie , and 
 
 TheMinifte- by Princes be vpholden and maintained. Why fhould riot 
 
 rie is an ho- therefore men couet to be, in* this calling euen for publikc 
 
 nou le good ? which is not only profitable, and necelTarie, but alfo 
 
 withall a very honourable function, andaworthieworke, 
 
 i.Timoth. 5.1. which both God hiaafelfeand the worthieft 
 
 men that euerliuedtooke vponthem. To pafle oucr other, 
 
 Salomon that moll: wife King , and for regall magnificencie 1 
 
 and power had not his peere *, yet iutituled himfelfe The 
 
 preacher. 
 
 u! 
 
tf 
 
 Chap.i* TbcfaitLy. 3 ' 
 
 Preacher. Our Sauiour Clirift did chv.it: to honour - 
 calling, and performed in his perfon, the office of a Preacher 
 amongftmenon c. ith. h .t: bur rcfa fed tobed 
 
 Iudge,or to be made a King;, though he ordained both, and 
 is truly both. Dtuida worthy warrior, and a valiant c ham- 
 pian, yea a roy all King, difdained not to be a Prophet of 
 God vntotlie people, yea , and once PrieR-hke to dance 
 cheerely before the Arke of God \\\ a white garment, £ . 
 is held to be of the blood royal!, and yet a Prophet and Tea- 
 cher in Iudah, without difparagement. 
 
 Some of our States and Generic, with profane Efaa con- This is not 
 temne as he did this calling for a mclle of pottage , worldly j.° b y nd * r - 
 pompe,pleafure,and profit-, vvifh their children any thing, kenofboocft 
 worldly Lawyers , fraudulent Merchants, killing Phvfici- men, but of 
 ans, bloody Captaines, idleloofcliucrs, fwearing ruffians, the vncoiu 
 walkers on Shooters hill, nud conifers on Salisbune plaines, ^jouabjc 
 to maintaine their riot, rather than to be (as they call them) 
 Priefts. And yet this Hate is magnified of God and man. 
 
 The Lord requireth that- his Minifters be receiuedwith 
 double honour. To whom doth euer (Thrift fay, but to 
 them ? He that hear eth yon, heareth me, and him thatfent me. jjL V 6m 
 He that defpifethyott, aejpifeth me and my father alCo. \oku \\ •> o 
 
 Hath not God fet them out with honorable tides, 6vcal- 
 leththeMiniftersofGod, Tit. i.i. Workers together with Honourable 
 God? 2. Cor. 6. i. AmbaiIadorsofChrill:Iefus?2.Cor.>-.i9. l * 
 Elders? Atl.y.zo. i.Ttm. 6. Ouerfcers? Tit. i. Fathers, 
 Men of God, Friends of God , Difpofersof thefecretsof 
 God, Holy ones? Pfal. 89. 19. and 106. 1 6. Prophets, An- 
 gels ? All titles of reuerence, honour, and prcheminence. 
 
 Why then fliould anydifdaine (oyefonnesof Nobles) 
 to take this calling vpon you , or any ofyoHtobemalecon- 
 tent, who haue alreadie entred hereunto, becaufe the proud 
 and wicked defpife you ? Hearelprayyou (yeHeraldsof 
 the euerliuingGod) may itpoflibly feemeafmaUthingto »Cor.i if. 
 
 e a feparated people vnto God himfelfe from the multi- &!c 
 tudeofmen ? tobethefweetfauourof Chriftinallthatare 
 faued and them that perilli J to caft downe the imagination 
 
 U 4 of 
 
A 
 
 4 \ TbefaithfullShcpheard. Ghap.i. 
 
 ©f man , and euery high thought againft God , to bring it 
 captiue to the obedience of Chnft ? 
 
 Is it a fmall matter to meddle with the Secrets of God, to 
 fauc foules , to open and (Imt the kingdome of heauen, for 
 and againft whomfoeuer I 
 
 Many other callings are, as on the earth, fofor the earth 
 or earthly matters : bat this concerneth the foule and hea- 
 venly things. 
 
 This calling in euery part thereof enforceth vpon a man 
 heauenly Meditations, which none els doth properly. 
 
 When a Minifter fpeaks truly Gods word,he may fpcake 
 freely to all*, and all muft heare him with reuerence, as if 
 God himfelfefpake : els , it will be eafier for Sodome and 
 Gomorrah in the day of iudgement than for that perfon or 
 lib. i t de ratio- people, Matth. j o. 14. i ?. Si res ipfas, faith Srafmus, iufta 
 neconcionandi. penfemus trutina y nullm esl rex tarn magnifies, qudtenmrex 
 eft , quin fit infra dignitatem? non dicam Epifcopi , fed dicam 
 Paftoris, quatenus eft F after. And left it might feeme a Pa- 
 radox , hee prooueth it by comparing the matter and the 
 fcope of either calling with other : Honor &fublimit<is Epi- 
 f cop alls (faith S. tsfmbrofe in P after ali) nullispoterit compa- 
 rationibm adtquari. Si R egumfulgori compares & principum 
 diademati, longe erit inferior comparatio , quamfiplumbimc- 
 tallum ad aurifulgorem compares. Andagainc, a little after 
 in the fame Booke he faith : Nihil infeculo hoc excellentitu 
 faccrdotibtu ', nihil fublimius Epifcopisrepenrt pot-eft. Where, 
 left the former (hould be taken as only fpoken of fuch as arc 
 Bimops , hee in this latter place fpeaks of Priefts , and of 
 them, before Bifhops. But all this muft be vnderftood of 
 good Bifhops and Priefts 5 els I dare fay , Nihil in hocfeculo 
 peftilentiw Epifcopis & Sacerdotibm impijs, qualesfuntpapA* 
 les 3 qui ventrempro Deo habent,quigleriamfibiadulatione 3 opi- 
 btiSy honor •e, vaniloquentia acqutrereftudent, qui terreftriafa- 
 piunt, qui per auaritiam ficlitijs verbis audit ores fuos nundi- 
 nantur \ quifimiles animatibtts ratione e Xpert ibus , voluptaterk 
 inquottdianis ponunt delitijs : qui animum habentrapini* exer- 
 titatuin , & habendi coaceruandic^beneficia & honor es cupidi- 
 
 tate 
 
Chap, z. Ibejivtbjull bbepbeard. 5 
 
 tat e inexplebilem , quibns tencbrarum calico fempiterna refer- 
 ttatar. But for fuchas befaithfull is referued a crowne of 
 glorie-, and by failing of ioules , rhcy (hallinheaucnrhinc 
 as the ftarrcs for euer and encr. 
 
 Wee thus fee the necefllticof this calling, the honour 
 thereof; and how highly ic is magnified byGod himfelfe, 
 and good men. 
 
 There is no caufe why amongft vs that are called Chri- 
 ftians , it fhould be efteemed fo contemptibfe a calling : 
 which alio the very hcathen.whoneuerknew the true God, 
 fo'much rcuerenced. 
 
 It is recorded , that amongft the Athenians no King was Hcathc high- 
 creaeed before he had taken Orders, and was made aPrieft. h T efteemed of 
 
 The Egyptians are fayd, of Philofophers to chufe their their Pridt5 ' 
 Pricfts, and of their Priefts Kings. 
 
 V^tah a mighty King in Iudah,who though he offended 
 inprefumption, yet his a ft declared his high efteemeofthc 
 Priefts office , and that it was not fo bafe in his eyes as now 
 thcMinifterie of Chrift is amongft many of vs. Anoffic« 
 more meet for the mightiest perfon of thebeft education.! 
 and nobleft birth^thatrfbr th% tnrfeft'of the people and lo v. 
 eft fort, vpon whom for the moft part it is caft j becatife tht 
 wife men of the world, men of might, and the noble, hold it 
 derogatorie to their dignities, the Word it felfe too fimple a 
 (iibieftfbr their deepe conceits and reach in policies. But 
 this is the Lords doing, that the foobfti things of the world i.Cor. 1. 
 might confound the wife j weak things mighty \ vile things 
 anddefpifed (fo is Gods choice} to bring to naught things 
 that are : that all may be faid to be of him , andhchauethc 
 more glorie, who is hecrein to be praifedfor euer. Amen. 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Of the iawfu/i entrance of a ^Minister into the Mmitterie, 
 andalfo into his charge and place. 
 
 WE fee it is no difgrace for any to be a Minifter of the 
 Gofpell, and is a calling worthy of any qualified in 
 C the 
 
 \ 
 
r 
 
 7^ 
 
 A Minifter 
 mufibefent 
 -ofGod,4iid 
 called of the 
 Church. 
 
 f. 
 
 Luke 24. 
 
 Aa.i. 
 
 6 The faith full Shepbeard. Chap. 2. 
 
 the befl: maner 5 yet is not euery one woorrhy of it, nor fit 
 fork : but fuch as are called and fenc of God, bein^ furni- 
 shed with gifts, infomemeafure to be able to difcharge the 
 office ofa Teacher, and alfo ftirred vp with a godly aftecli- 
 on to defire the fame. 
 
 Thus being fent of God, the Church by examination 
 mud, or they to whom the authoritie of the Church is com- 
 mitted, trie thee, and approuing thee by finding thee endu- 
 ed with fuch gifts as are neceiTarie for a Minifter , mull call 
 and inftitute onelawfullyprefentcdtoa Paftorall charge to 
 take care ouertheflocke. Weruay not take itvponvs be- 
 fore we be called . If any run before the Lord call , as many 
 doe, for profit, eafe and honour; wee may condemneour 
 felues for hafte, and go without expectation of good fpeed. 
 God appoints none, but he prepareth them before, andgi- 
 ueth them gifts to perfoi me their dutie. Conjidera (faith S. 
 Jerome) Sacerdotam ejje ojficium de lege interrogantibm rc- 
 fpondere : Si Sneer dos eft, fciat legem Uomini j fiignorat, ipfe 
 Je argtiit non ejfe Sacerdotem 'Domini. So as an vnfit man, 
 "gnorant and vaine, may be mans Minifter, but none of 
 hrifts MelTenger. ^ j ■ n ■ ■- - 
 
 gaine, if we rufli in without authoritie of the Church, 
 4t is prefumption , contempt of Superiontie, breach of or- 
 der, the nurfe ofconfu(ion,the mother of fc hi fme, and bane 
 of the Churches peace. Begin well, and better hope there 
 is to end well. Firft let vs take our warrant , and then pro- 
 What truly to ceed in commiffion, and aime at a right end. Let true zealc 
 moue thee for Gods glorie, the aduancingofChnftskins;- 
 
 Ieromeon 
 Haggai. 
 
 See much 
 more of thi^ 
 in my booke 
 againft the 
 Brownifts, 
 pa.ijo.&c. 
 
 Jfchri 
 
 aimeat in ta- 
 
 hM^lt dome, to conuert finners , andtobmldthebodieofChrift, to 
 A£tsx6.i9. open the eyes of the blinde, andtoturne them from darke- 
 Eph.4.1*. m nefle to light, from Sathan vnto God, to the edifying of the 
 bodie of Chrift , and ouerthrow of the power of darkneflc. 
 Begin not for profit, forfeare of pouertie, norforeafe, be- 
 caufe thou art loth to labour , neither for honour to be had 
 ineftimatiou The chiefe ends, let them be firft in thine in- 
 tention : Sw-ekcGod and not thy fclfe, left with Iudas thou 
 finde thine ovvne defire, commingfor the bagge, and fo lofe 
 
 God 
 
Ch a p . 5 • Tl?e faith/till Sbepheard. 7 
 
 Gods bleffing. There is a proper end of euery thing. The 
 Lord ihewes why hee hath appointed Paftours for his 
 Church : if we intend any other thing Gniflerly, feekin* by- 
 it, which it in Gods appointment aimeth not at,it is to abufe 
 hypocritically holy things byadecekfull heart, as Iefabel 
 did a Fart: for Ns.boths vineyard : but fuch hearts iliew 
 themfelues aftiuely through ldlenefle , couetoufnelfe, or 
 proud afpinng afterwards. 
 
 When God hath furnished, and the Church approoued, TheMiniftcrs 
 then as Gods gifts come freely , fo purchafe not at any § itcs muftfic 
 hand a place by Simonie : neither chufe it after thy appe- p 
 titefor the bed Benefice, but after thy gifts, as thou may eft 
 moft profit a people. 
 
 A man may be a fitMinifterof Chrift , yet not meet for 
 euery Congregation : few fo qualified \ a mild and a foft fpi- 
 rit to a meeke companie ; a low voice to a little auditorie, 
 els forne few hearc, and the reft muft ftand and gaze 5 an vn- 
 dauntable minde to ftubburne peifonsj Durisnodis durits 
 exhibeatur cunens 5 a loud voice to a great aflemblie , to a 
 more learned Church a better Clerke \ and one ofleffe vn- 
 derftanding to a ruder fort. Ioine like v«to like, that Paftor 
 and flocke may fit together, for their beft good. 
 
 The Congregation reaps fmall benefit where the Prea- 
 chers gifts fit not for the place : therefore as we muft hauc 
 confeience to enter into the Miniftene rightly ; fo muft wc 
 be verie refpecliue to fettle our felues with a people conue- 
 niently, for our beft comfort and their better edification. 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of the Miniflcrs wife and godly proceeding in his Tailor all 
 charge to teach his people. 
 
 AMinifter placed ou era Congregation , foasisfayd, it A Mimfter 
 there appointed of God, and there muft fettle himfelfe muft fcc<i hi$ 
 *o abide, vnlefle he be lawfully called from thence , orne- flocke ' 
 ^ ccflitie compell him to depart. 
 
 And that flocke muft he foorthwith begin to feed , and 
 
 C a not 
 
 i 
 
8 Thefaithfull Shepheanl Chap. 3 . 
 
 not only defirc the fleece. Wages are due to the worke. 
 The painfull labourer fhould reapc the profit, and not the 
 idle loiterer. 
 How to feed To feed aright its neeeflarie , to weigh what eftate they 
 anght & pro- (land in, and to confider their conditions. 
 fitably daiers a Counfeller muft know the cafe , to giue found aduice ; 
 forts of peo- thePhyfitian his Patient, toadminifteraholefomepotion$ 
 ^ e and he that will profit a people , muft skilfully difcerne his 
 
 auditorie. 
 
 Ignorant and I. If ignorant and indocible,prepare them to recciue the 
 
 indocible. Word , and win them from their owne wayes , pretended 
 
 ... cuftomes, fuperftitious vfesj from fuppofed good intents, 
 
 inomenfr^m examples of blindly-led forefathers 5 from their good li- 
 
 rectiuingthe king of Popifh religion , fetled vpon carnall reafon and 
 
 truth limply, wordly commodities 5 from diflike of the truth now taught 
 
 them *, and from a conceit ofirnagination in them, rhat they 
 
 are in cafe happie enough ; andfuch like impediments, as 
 
 rubbifh to beremooued 5 to lay a foundation by reafonin<£ 
 
 Aa.17.2.3. yyjththem^ and forcibly conuincingthemof/inne : fothat 
 
 A ft 1.36. they may be pricked in their hearts, andfhewthencceflitic 
 
 ofpreaching vnto them. 
 
 If they heereupon be touched and become docible, then 
 
 Aft.17.30.31. deliuer the doctrine of the Gofp ell more generally at the 
 
 * firft, and as they amend, more particularly. 
 
 ft If they abide obftinate, and will not recciue the Word, 
 
 m after fome diffident time of triall , they deferuc to be left. 
 
 ^ Afanb.io.l4' Pro. 9,8. Matth.y.6. sift. 19. 8.9. ^17.33. 
 
 j t . II. If ignorant , and willing to be taught, they muft be 
 
 wiling. * ^ r ^ Catechized and taught the grounds and principles of 
 
 Religion, the Creed, the Lords prayer, the Ten comman- 
 
 dements, and the doctrine of the Sacraments. With this 
 
 milke they muft: be fed, or els neuer looke that they fhal! be 
 
 i.Cor. 3.1. a ble to recciue ftrong meat 5 they can not vndeiftand nor 
 
 loh 16 iT iudge of interpretations without it. 
 
 1 Pet 3.11. All Arts haue their principles which muft be learned : fo ( 
 
 Luk 1.4. hathDiuinitic. 
 
 Experience Oievves how thatlittle profit comes by prea- 
 ching • 
 
Chap. $• T be fatthfm obepbearrf. 9 
 
 ching where Catechizing is neglected. Many there are People muft 
 
 who reach twice or three times in a weekc, and yet fee leile be Catechi- 
 fruitofmany yeeres labor by not Catechizing withall,than lcd * 
 fome reape in one yeere, who perfoime both together. 
 
 This maner of Catechizing is to be performed by pro- Thcm.mcr 
 pounding queftions , and the people anfwering to them : how to Ca- 
 Thisplajneandfimplekindeis the bed, and will bnngthc g^u C ^ r< 
 mod profit , though it fecme childiili , and be to many tc- ' *"" 
 
 dious. 
 
 Children (as all are without knowledge , yea babes at i.Cor.3.1. 
 
 firft) mud be dealt with as children. Many teach the Cate- 
 
 chifme, but after a difcourllng maner, which (as al(o cxperi- 
 
 encefheweth) doth little or nothing benefit at all the ruder 
 
 fort, of which kindc arc moftin countrev Congregations. 
 
 ' Such as will xg-vr^eiv rightly, muft ngmiyeiv) that is, audirc, ^ I ^ 
 
 as well as erudire : Kar^o), is audio and erudio, and ^Ta;^», ** 
 
 one Catechized is KetTj^V, refonans. In Schooles , mailers 
 
 fhallneuer profit Scholars, iftheydoenot, aswellasheare ** J 
 
 them, giue lectures. 
 
 Let the people then learne the Catechifme word for How to nuke 
 
 word , and anfwer to euery qucftion. Interrupt not begin* lhc people vn. 
 
 ners with interpretations, neither goe further with any than <Jcrftan d- , hovY 
 1 11 r r 1 1 • - • ailo to reue- 
 
 ne can well lay.: after come to themeaning, and inquire an rerce t ^ • 
 
 anfwer (fill of them, how they vndcrftand this or that in one Teachers, 
 
 qucftion, and fo in another 5 but goe not beyond their con- and yet loue 
 
 ceitsj (lay fomewhat for an anfwer, but nottoolong : if t " cm « 
 
 one know not^askeanotherj if any but Hammer at it, helpe 
 
 him, and encourage him by commending his wiilingneile : 
 
 if none can anfwer a queftion, flicw it thy ielfe plainly, how 
 
 they might haueconceiued it : and then aske it fome one 
 
 againe.and praife him that vnderft ands it,and anfwers after 
 
 thy telling of him. 
 
 Notethevarietieof wits, andas they be, fodcalcwith 
 them : take a word or a piece of an anfwer from one, when 
 ^cu may expecl: much from another : teach with chcerefull 
 countenance, familiarly, and lotiingly. 
 
 The forward commend openly , fpeake to thcmalfoin 
 
 C 3 priuate 
 
A Mimfter 
 nuiltbeincea- 
 ching plaine 
 & patient, in 
 his caniage 
 humoleaiul 
 familiar-. 
 
 Taught but 
 vnfan&ified. 
 i.Corj.S. 
 
 A&.8.2I. 
 
 A belccuing 
 and confcio- 
 nable people, 
 
 i.Thef. 
 &4. 1. 
 
 Ad.1l.z3 
 
 5- 
 
 l o The faith full Shepheard. Chap. 5 . 
 
 priuate heartily , to Capture bcneuolem t'iam : hardly will any 
 lcarne or thofe they hate. Be free of fpeech to anfwer at any 
 mans asking, and gladly take occalion to i"hew a will readie 
 alwaies to teach. Be familiar, but beware of contempt : ne- 
 uer permit any to laugh at others wants : that will vtterly 
 difcourage them from comm-ng. Make much of the mea- 
 neft : the bed efteeme ofas is meet , to make the reft emu- 
 lous •> but the wilfull obftinate rebuke as they deferue > left 
 their example make the inclinable careleiTe, and the better 
 fortlefledutifull. 
 
 Thus through Gods goodnefTe thou mayeft profit by 
 Catechizing. Draw them to italfo without compulfion : 
 but if thou beeft proud and can not ftoope to their capaci- 
 tie, or impatient to heare an ignorant anfwer, or difdai'nfull 
 to be familiar *, few will come to thee willingly, and none 
 but by force 5 and thefe will profitlittle by thee. Experience 
 hath been my Schoole-mafter, and taught me thefe things, 
 and I findc great fruit, to my comfort. 
 
 Sufpect that we be wanting in our dutie, when none pro- 
 fit by ourpaines : happily our hearts feekenotvnfeinedly 
 what we feeme to profefle : we teach vfually of com fe , but 
 endeuour not to faue our people, of confeience. 
 
 III. If they haw e beene a people taught , and hauing 
 knowledge,but without fhewoffan edification; the do&rinc 
 of the Law muft be vrged vpon them, with legall threats to 
 bring them to a feeling of finne ; and notcfome fpeciall 
 finne whereof they bcguiltie, and vrge the euill of that 
 finne , and wrath of God therefore vpon them , to make 
 them forie, that at length they may repent thereof, and 
 bring true repentance forone , and itwillcaufeahatredof 
 all : when they are humbled, preach confolation. 
 
 IV. If they know and beleeue, liuing religioufly in a 
 holy conuerfation, they muft be encouraged, commended, 
 and intreated to continue with increafe, dayly deliuering 
 the Law without the curfe, as a rule of obedience, not tor 
 condemnation ;and prouokethem by thefwect promifesof 
 the Gofpell, to beleeue and practife vnto the end. 
 
Chap . 3 . Thefaithfull Shepheard. i i 
 
 V. Ifthey be declining, or alreadie fallen backe^ whe- Backfiring, 
 ther in doctrine or maners, recall them backe, and labour to ^• I • &c » 
 recouerthem, by conuincingtheerrours, correcting the vi- 1 ^ 
 
 ces , and by (hewing their future mifenes by relapfe, and 
 their happineile by a timely returne againe. 
 
 VI. If the people bemixt of all, as our Congregations A mixt Con- 
 are , they mud be dealt vvithall euery way, as jn the former grcgauon. 
 particulars hath beene declared. 
 
 Informc the ignorant, lead forward fuchashaue vnder- Diuers forrs 
 (landing, reclame the vitious, encourage the vertuous, con- inaCongre- 
 uincethe erroneous, ftrcngthen the weake, recouer againe § ari ° " to ° c 
 the backflider, refolue thofe that doubt, confirme the refol- 
 ucd,feed with milke and ftrong meat continually, infeafon 
 and out of feafon. When thou thyfelfe art loth to labour, 2-Tim.4.i.i. 
 and the peeple lift not to heare 5 when pleafures withdraw, 
 worldly cares carrie away , much labour before feeming 
 miflpent, and little hope of after profit; yea euen in perfe- 
 ction, then ceafe not. Remember that thou haft a flocke to E "c. 3 
 feed, and their blood to anfwer for 5 weigh with companion A:r * ao «- 
 their miferie, confiderthy glorie and reward in winning cf 
 foules, and that it is God th^t will fully recompence, when 
 the people defpife thee and regard thee nothing. 
 
 .4. 1. a. 
 
 But yet in performing thy office , be euer fo defirous to If 1S not S° 0(i 
 lpeake, as neuertheleiTc thou come not to difcharge the ^jfj"^! 
 publike dutie vnprepared. The beft wit readied to con- p arari0 n. 
 ceiue, the firmeft memorie to retaine, nor the volubleft 
 tongue to vtter (excellent gifts, but much abufcdtoidle- 
 nelTe and vaine- glorie) may not exempt a man from ftudy- 
 ing, reading, writing fometime, meditation and continual! 
 praier. The men of God indued with gifts exrraordinarie, 
 were diligent fearchers of the Scriptures. The Sauiour and 
 chiefe Prophet exhorteth the Teachers in Ierufalcm heere- loM • 
 unto. S. P^/b'mdcs Timothy vnro it, 1 .Tim.4. 1 3 . S.Peter 
 plainly fhewes it to be thepra&ife of theProphets, 1 .Pet.i . 
 dp* It feemeth that Ieremie read the Pfalmes, I ere, j o. Pfal. 
 ^9.6. Danie/perukdleremy. Iris certaine <5\ 7^#/had his Dan.9.1. 
 books and parchments, not to write in, but to rcade on, ifi.Tim.*^. 
 
 C 4 Calttin 
 
f 
 
 > 
 
 1 z The faith full Sbepheard* Ch a i 
 
 . Ca/uinmay be credited : and Peter we may fee looked into 
 Pauls Epiitles, 2. Pet. 3 .1 6. 
 The vanttic It is not befeeming the waightinefTc ofthe worke,nor re- 
 of preaching uerence of the place , to runne fuddenly to ftand vp in the 
 extempore. roomc f Q d : a rafh attempt in fo high myfteries breeds 
 but contempts : a defire to {hew a mans cxtemporallfacul- 
 tie, declareth amansindifcretionand folly. Who will, that 
 j I is wife, fpeake, before Princes or Princely Pecres , of Prin- 
 
 ces affaires openly with leuitie ? of matters of great impor- 
 tance fuddenly ? Who will , that refpefts blood, giuefen- 
 tence of life 6c death ralhly ? The Minifter in Chrifb chairc 
 fpcaks of Chrift, before God and his Angels \ the matter is 
 the fecrets ofthe Kingdomc 5 the precious treafures of hea- 
 uen by him are opened and fctto fale : he is fetting before 
 his hearers life and death, heauen and hell •, and is pronoun- 
 cing the fentence of faluation or damnation vpon them : 
 Sudden conceits of the minde not digested , musi needs be rawly 
 delmered : often little to the purpofe , and eftfoones as farre 
 from the matter as he from ferious meditation. The world 
 alfo is full of Carpers : all are not confcionable Hearers. By 
 ralli and headdypowring out offomethingvnawares, thou 
 maieftgiuean occafiontotheeuilldifpofed , either of con- 
 tempt or railing of contention. Men of this difpofition la- 
 bor for praife,who either play the worldlings all the weeke, 
 or delight in their pleafures, and yet of afuddcncangiue 
 men a fermon : but they often lofe that they looke for ofthe 
 wife and iudicious Hearers. Holy things are not to be han- 
 dled haftily, thatwc may not call: pearl es tofwine. Main- 
 tenance is allowed , time is allotted ; and fuddenly we need 
 not J vnleilc we will , vndertake fuch a worke without pre- 
 paration. This leuitie in preaching makes a light conceit of 
 preaching , though not the often preaching done ferioufly 
 by ftudie and forefet iudgement. 
 Note this Preaching fnould not be a labour ofthe lips , ortalkeof 
 
 yvell. the tongue from a light imagination ; buta ferious mediti - 
 
 tion of the heart in grounded knowledge by much ftudie 
 and illumination ofthe fpirit. 
 
 So 
 
• 
 
 ap . 4, 1 t?e fatwjtm obepbeara. 1 5 
 
 So to preach willpfcucnt light account of thy words, jt 
 will moouethe hearers to reuerence , bring more credit to 
 Gods ordinance, worke more effe&ually, yea pierce more 
 deepely, as fpoken with authorise ; when words carrie 
 weight of rcafons and religion , and are dekuered with 
 knowledge confcionably. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 Of Prayer before the Sermon. 
 
 THe Minifterand Man of God well prepared, the god- 
 ly order of Diuine Seruice fo called , as it is by the 
 Church appointed, without giuing of offence obferued, 
 and as the cuftome is, after a Pfalme fung; then may eft Neh.8.7. 
 thouafcend vp into the Pulpit, fitly placed for the benefit 
 of all, or moft, that thou may eft beholde all , and they may Luk.4. 19. 
 hauc their eyes faftened vpon thee. 
 
 Begin with Prayer before thou reade the Text , after the Be gin with 
 cuftome ofancient Fathers, as S. zsttHeuftwe teftjfieth, and rayc JL* , , 
 as religious reuerence bindeth vs. cap * { # oedb^. 
 
 Prayer muft be the Proeme •, it is the Lord that both christian*. 
 giues wifdometo vnderftand, and words of vtteiance : itisEph £.19. 
 the fpirit thatftrengtheneth their hearts in fpeaking , that I°hi5. 
 guides them in the trueth, callcs things to their remem- % 
 brance, and makes them able Minifters of the Gofpell. The M a"kio. 
 Difciples might not goe out before they hadreceiuedthe j^ e ^? * 
 fpirit j neither may we go vp and fpeake without it. It is not Ads 1. 
 by the inftrument that men are conuerted; neither in the Acts 1.47. 
 Words lieth the power to faue : butitis the Lords blefling & x v4 8 » 
 thereupon, who thereby addeth to the Church fuch as are ^ ^°^ 
 ordeined to befaued. P. ml plants, Appollo waters, but God fc&.$i,f- 
 giues theincreafe; elsisaliinvaine, though wonders were 
 {hewed from heauen with the preaching of the Word. 
 
 Heereforthe Minifter to do his worke, Faith is required, w ^*j ,s rc - 
 % to 2;oe to the Throne of 2;race boldly 1 the feeling; of wants, ?" irc ,V in a 
 7 and need or Gods blcfliug, to pray ardently •, a loue and t, ea ble to 
 commiferation of his hearers , to crie to God compaflio- pray wclL 
 
 D natelyj 
 
Long snd te- 
 dious prucrs 
 not commen- 
 dable. 
 
 Of the voice 
 in prayer. 
 
 Gcfture. 
 x.Chio.6,i3. 
 
 A fet forme 
 of Prayer in 
 the begin- 
 ning. 
 
 14 77?efaithfull Shepbeard. CEIjSpF 
 
 nately 5 and a consideration of Gods glorious Maieftie there 
 prefent, to fpeake vnto him rcuerently. It muft be with vn- 
 derftanding and arTeclion, the matter well digefted into or- 
 der, and vttered in few words briefly. 
 
 It is not conuenient to be long in Prayer vfually, except 
 vpon cxtraordinane occafion fometime. Remember that 
 one may more eafily continue praying with deuotion , than 
 others, hearing in filence, can religioufly giuean afTcnt with 
 good attention. 
 
 Halfe houre prayers are too tedious, vfuall with fome 
 men, which is their indifcretion *, wearifometoall , liked of 
 none, but fuch as vfcthem, who fecme to ftriue to win God 
 bywords, ortowaftetime. It may be thought that fuch 
 weigh not other mens weaknefle , or that prayer is not held 
 feruent, that is not ftretched out to fuch a length 5 when ex- 
 perience flicwes to cuery mans feeling, that ieruencie offpi- 
 Tit in Prayer is not fo during , but euen in a fhort fpace is in- 
 terrupted with wauering thoughts and by-fantafies : The 
 edge of godly feruencie of affettion isfoone blunted. L et e ueri e 
 one in praying confider what he is in hearing, andfomca- 
 fure his time j asalfoby the liking or diflike of the Chrifti- 
 anly difpofed , whofe mindes muft in thefe things be our 
 meafure. 
 
 The voice muft be audible, continued with one found, 
 the words vttered deliberatelie , not huddled vp in a haftie 
 maner too irreuerently. 
 
 The gcfture is with bended knees , with the eies and 
 hands lifted vp towards heauen. 
 
 It is not amide (except vpon fome not common occafi- 
 on) to obferue in the beginning one fetformeof Prayer, as 
 many godly men doe. In our Prayer wee are the peoples 
 mouth vnto God , and therefore fuch as in the Pulpit pray 
 for themfeluesinthe lingular number, as thus, I pray thee 
 open my month, &c. doe therein breake ofFthe courfe of their 
 publike function, andmakeitapriuate aclion, vntuneable 
 without concord to the reft, as a iarring ftring. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap. 5 . Tlxfaithfull Sbepbeard. 1 5 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of the Treface after the Frayer : and of the Text 
 of the Scripture, 
 
 PRaier finifhcd , he may either ftandvp or fit downc, as 
 the order of the Church is , it is indifferent. The Do- Matth.i?.2. 
 clours in Ierufalem it feemesfat ; our SauiourChriftfat : but ^ * ,T ■ 
 the Apoftlcs ftood vp. It is not neceffarie euerro vfeaPre- vyhen'torfc 
 face , but men may if they pleafe , and it is fometime conue- a Preface, 
 nient : Vpon extraordinary occafions in more folemneaf- 
 femblics, when one fpeaksto a llrangc auditorie, or to a 
 Congregation not his owne, the firft time, or in taking 
 charge or a floclie, he may begin as he holds it meet, toftir 
 vp the auditorie to attention. 
 
 From the end of their comming , the matter in hand pro- Whence to 
 fitable and neceffarie, from the confideration of Gods pre- fetch ir. 
 fence, from their prof. (Ting Religion, their comming at that 
 prefent, the hope giuenf om their former endeuor, and the 
 gifts of God in them j from fome examples of good hearers, 
 the commendation of hearing, and commandement thereof 
 in Scripture ; from fome fentence of Scripture , conteining 
 the dnrt of the Sermon to be deliueredj and from what he 
 thinks meet , and as he is able. Our Sauiour vfed a Preface Luk 4.20.21. 
 before his Sermon, fo did the Prophets before him, and the J? 1 *' I' z - 
 Apoftles after him fomctimes. Hecrein we may alio vfe re- IO ' '^' ( 
 uerend titles , and louing appellations, as faying, Men and 16'. 
 Brethren, Fathers, You that fearc God : yea Luke can write, Men may vfe 
 Moft noble Tkeophtim : and S. /Wean fay, Moft noble ^^"g^* 
 Feitns. If heerin we giue but due as we know and are Chri- ^ 
 ftianly perfwaded, we offend not : but yet let vs not be 
 heerein too much in many, nor ofren, nor too farre : keepe a 
 wife moderation of the tongue in what we may eafilyflip, 
 and in heart beware of flattcrie : it were better to come a lit- 
 } tie fliorton the right hand heerein, than goe too farre on the ™3*-*'« 
 ' left. Flattcrie is pernicious euery where, but chiefly a thin^ 
 peftilent in the Pulpit , where the very appearance mud be 
 
 D 2 forborne, 
 
 I Or 
 
r 
 
 \6 TlxfahkfullSbepbeard. Chap.5; 
 
 forborne, which vvc will eafily doe before thebafefcj but 
 many can hardly do before Pnnces,NobIes, and their boun- 
 tiful! Patrons , cfpecially fuch as preach for praife, or to get 
 a Benefice •, of which fort too many. 
 Of theTcxt After the Preface,declare with an audibl e voice what por- 
 of Scrip'.iuc fj' on f Scripture is the Text you will intreat of : whecher a 
 booke, or chapter, or feme one ormoe verfes in a chapter, 
 Nehem.3.8. anc { reac { c t he fame once on the booke } and if it be but a 
 fhort Text ; pronounce it againe without the booke,diftinc1> 
 ly both times : ifitbelong, reade but once, and vtte/onely 
 fome part of the beginning againe, with a So forth. Reade it 
 Read the text m tne tranilacion to vulgar people, and in that which is mod 
 ? ut . of , commonly receiued , and befl: approoued , and euen as it is 
 iSionly appro" there fctdowne, without addition, detraction or change of 
 uedTranih- any thing therein. It is not fit that euery onebeapublike 
 tion, and be controller of a publike receiued tranflation : as it may argue 
 not eafily a f ome prefumption and pride in the Corrector , lo it may 
 thereof " Dl *eed contention, and leaue a great fcruple, and caft doubts 
 into the hearers mindes, what reckening to make of a tranf- 
 lation ) and it giues great aduantage to the Papifts , who 
 heercby labour toforeftallmany , that they finally account 
 ofourtranflations 5 which we fee can neuer be fo well done 
 and generally approucd of, but fome particular perfons will 
 becenfuringthefame, and that not only in priuate (athing 
 happely tolerable, if the cenfure be true and wifely procee- 
 ded in) but alfo they mull needs fhew their skill in Pulpits. 
 It may feeme that fuch holde it an excellent thing, digit 
 monftrari, and that they weene and are of opinion, that as 
 Tcrfius notes the vaine ones, S ciretuum nihil eTl, nifitefcire 
 hoc feint alter. It is very neceffary that the tranflation be 
 moft found : but it is Rothing expedient that euer publike 
 proclamation be made of fome fmall defects, that by much 
 prying happely may be noted therein , of euery ordinaric 
 In a common perfon , but only fuch faults as needs noting, and that of „ 
 auditoriewe learned men too. As the Text muftbe read in the mother c 
 muft only vfe con or uej f (heere to fpeake a littlebriefly of it by the way) 
 tonoiif C C1 mu & tne whole Sermon before a common affembly, accor^ 
 
 ding 
 
Chap. 5. 1 hefankjuu bhepbeard. 1 7 
 
 dingto the Prophet; pra&ife , the vfe of our Sauiour , the 
 
 reafbns of5\ Pan/, the cuftcme of the Apoftles , and as the 
 
 Primitiue Fathers , the Greekeand Latine Doftours of the * r ' ,4 *** 4 ' 
 
 Church were woont to do y as their Sermons extant declare, 
 
 without inter mixing; of longfentencesin ftrange languages 
 
 not vnderftood, differing from their natiue fpeech. 
 
 A ftrange tongue hinders the conceit of moft hearers (ex- 
 cept it be vfed rarely, aptly, and briefly) being ignorant of 
 the fame , to apt that before fpoken to that which followes 
 after *, and (except it be \Ccd with difcretion) it is a hiding 
 from them what we profcfTe, rather than to teach them ; an 
 vnprofitable mifpending of the time : firft necdlefTe to vtter 
 it, haply in Grceke, then in Latine, and after in Englifh *, a 
 treble or a double labour for one. It may be one, two,threc, 
 or fome few vnderftand hardly the languages, but all other 
 donor*, muft we therefore, pleafing our fekes, feeketode- 
 lightthefe few, to winne a little vaine praife of learning, 
 whileft all the reft ftandata gaze, admiring what is fayd 
 without edification ? We that (land vp in Chnftsroome, 
 muftnot fecke our owne commendations ; there we muft 
 paint out the trueth liuely and plainly, approuing our felues 
 faithfull difpenfers of Godsfecretsto theconfcienceofeuc* 
 rie beleeuer, in euerie thing to the vtmoft of our power. 
 NeuerthelefTe, neceflitie couftraining, as fometime to de- 
 clare the emphafis of a word, often more fignificant in the o- 
 riginall than in the tranflatioil , to note fome fpeciall phrafe, 
 to conuince fome proudly conceited of his knowledge, or j*~' ie textI ^ utt 
 in a learned auditorie,I doubt not ofahbei tie therein. Canon of the 
 
 FortheTexr, firftitmuftbe Canonicall Scripture : the Scripture. 
 Minifter is Gods mouth , he muft then fpeake Gods word, Itre. 13.28. 
 not only taking it for his text, but ail his words muftagree *-£ ct 4 * n * 
 " to the written trueth, aboue which he may not prcfumc. iohnri6 
 
 The Prophets came with the word of the Lord :. our Sa- $ s. 16. & 
 uiour vttered only the word of his Father, and as his Father n * o. 
 ^fpake vnto him : his Text was the Canon ofthe Scripture, Aft.16.a2, 
 7 Luc,^. 16.17. he interpreted Scripture, Luc. 24. S. Pay.l ,! \ l9 ' 7 ' 
 taught nothing but Scripture : it onlybindethconfcience; , j im * , [$ 
 
 D 3 ' it*" 
 
iS The faith fuU Sbepbeard. Ch ap . 5. 
 
 Kom.8.7. ^ * s abfolutely perfect , it conucrceth and makes perfect. 
 Efa.:9.i3. Mens precepts arc no rule in Religion : will and affection is 
 Nvhc 8. too bafe to rule and to command Reafon 5 and Reafon to 
 i.Chio.T7.9. f wa y by mans wifdome is too cai nail for Religion. Efdras 
 text was Scripture, Chrifts out ofEfaj, the Leuites was the 
 Law •, euery one fpake out of the booke cf God, and fo con- 
 tinued vntillPopilh Prelates inucnted lying Legends, to be- 
 guile the people, fuchas Godgiuesouertobeleeuelies, for 
 z.ThefT.i.i 1 . that they kept not , nor receiued a loue of the trueth, and fo 
 remaineatthis day, euen their diuineft Doc~tours by Gods, 
 iuftiudgement. Some heeretofore haue preached without 
 a Text, but it is not now the cuftomeofthc Church, which 
 orderly muft be obferued ; neither is that way fo good to 
 increate knowledge in the Scripture , nor to caufercuercnce 
 to that which is fpoken , they not feeing whence it is groun- 
 ded. 
 Whatkinde Secondly, it mull: be a Text to beget faith, to ground 
 of Text. hope, and to fettle loue jfuch places mud: we chufe,as plain- 
 ly affoord vs thefe things , to teach them vfually as the A- 
 poftle exhorts. Obfcure Scriptures, about which muft ne- 
 ceflanly arife queftions ofcontrouerfies,leaueforSchooles, 
 and handle not amongft the common people and vulgar 
 fort. Common ailcmblies are not meet either to heare or 
 iudge ofcontrouerfies; yet it is a fault of many Preachers, 
 who vfe commonly in euery Sermon , toraife vp one point 
 or other in deputation, about which they fpendthemoftof 
 their time , often without iuft occafion or neceflary caufe : 
 but the fruit of thefe mens labours is in their hearers conten- 
 tion i talke about words, quiddities and vaineoftentation 5 
 but not faith working by loue, and holy fanctification. 
 'It muft be a Thirdly, the Text muft be fit for the hearers. If S.Paul 
 Text. preach before a Heathen Felix, intemperate and vniuft, his 
 words fhall found out temperance, righteoufnes and iudge- 
 ment , that Felix may heare and tremble. Chriftlefus will 
 1 preach before Scribes and Pharifiesagainftfalfe interprets- ( 
 
 tion of Scripture? , mens traditions , and hypocrifie. This 
 choice of a fit text commends the M'inifters wifdome in tea- 
 ching, 
 
<^nap. 5. 1 befatwjm oMpwara. 1 9 
 
 ching, hisfaithfulncfle to performe his office without feare, 
 and his care to do good : it will preuentcauils when things 
 are reprooued, which the Text plainly affoords. On the Thedifcom. 
 comrade, an impertinent Text ihewes that the Preacher modmcofan 
 wants iudgement, either to chufe his Text , orrodjfeerne vnapnext. 
 his auditorie, or both; or that he hath but fome bofomc 
 Sermons that alike muftferue histurnevpon all occafions 
 in any place 5 or that he is fearefull and dare not take a Text 
 to touch them, efpecially men of place, whom he would ra- 
 ther pleafe by his preaching, to pleafure himfelfe ; loth 
 therefore is fuch an one to offend : the fault of too many in 
 thefedayes, menplcafers,nottheferuantsof Chrift. This Gali.io. 
 is the caufc why many weigh euery word , as in a ballance, The caufe of 
 for weight and tuneable meafure , for fine pronouncing, to P ainte « e l°- 
 delight theeare ,-' more for zplaudite, than to conuince con- ^ 
 fcience, ortoremoucimpietiej they glance atfinnefome- 
 times, butfaire and farre off, for fcare of hitting. They are 
 much in coiitrouerfies , by which they leaft difpleafe men 
 of ill conuerfation , who willingly heare any thing but of 
 their finnes and reformation oflife : thefc be the Preachers 
 full of difcreticn , but of little Religion, and letfetrueand 
 heai tie defire to bring men to faluation. 
 
 Heerethen wefee thataPreachermuft haueknowledge Whatisre- 
 of his auditory,to fit his Text vnto them,con(idering where ?"'% *" or a 
 they be, and what manerof perfons, priuate or publike, Ec- ^ 1S j^ 
 clefiafticall or of thebodiepolitike, fuperftitiousorreligi- for the sudi- 
 ous, of holy conuerfation or prophane, peaceable or perfe- tone, 
 cutours, zealous orluke-warme, conftantor back-Aiders, of 
 found iudgement or erring from the truech, ignorantly or of 
 obffinacie, ccc. 
 
 The place muff be alfo confidered of, a city or town, po- 
 pular or of lefle refort. Alfo,ifthe meeting be not ordinary, 
 note the occafion , the end , and time •, whether in mirth or 
 in forrow 5 torcioiceor lament 5 in time of profperity or ad- 
 ^uerfity ; and thereafter to frame his fpeech. And therefore 
 its alfo requifit, that he be a man experienced in the Word, 
 and one that hath in reading Scriptures gathered together 
 
 D 4 varietic 
 
 1 
 
varietie of portions of Scripture, for varictie of matter, and 
 hauethem readie noted in fome little paper booke, and at 
 times ftudiedvpon, tobemoiereadietofpeakeofchem, as 
 How to freak occafion fhall require. If a man would fpeake not vnaptly 
 aptly eucr. at any time , in any place, to all forts vnknowen , hemuft 
 take generall Scriptures, which may rightly concerneail, 
 andcannotbe'amiiTefpokentoany jasthefe: Scclef. 12.13 
 14. /tfw.1.27. 2. Cor .1 . 3- . 10. ludevcrf 14. loh. 3. id. or 36. 
 <j4tts 18. 2 6.andfuchlike. 
 
 CHAP. Vi. 
 
 Of the Analyjis andrefolution of the Text. 
 
 What to be '""p'He text read, the Teacher is to refolue his Scripture, to 
 c j b ^ uc f 1 ? X layitopentotheHearersrasF/W?, the Authourofthc 
 ' " words : Secondly, the occafion thereof : Thirdly, if a parti- 
 cular portion of Scripture , or fome Chapter , or verfe of a 
 Chapter , thenobferue the coherence with that which goes 
 before or followes after : Fourthly , the fcope or principal! 
 intendment of the Holy Ghoft in that place 5 from which 
 fcope arifeth theprincipall proposition , called of Rhetori- 
 cians the State , of Lawyers the IfTue. This chiefly is to be 
 laboured in , and is to be found out by obferuingthefecir- 
 How to hnde cumftances : J£uis, quid, vbi, quibns auxifys, cur, quo modo> 
 of arhceTnd 1 Han d° > that is , the Perfon, the Thing it felfe, the Time, 
 torefoluethe Place, theMeanes, the maner of Doing, andtheEnd. By 
 fame Scrip- the Perfon, Time, and Place, may be found the occafion 5 
 ture. by the Thing, the matter handled •, by the Meanes, the ar- 
 
 guments ; by the Maner, the method how the arguments 
 are laid downe, which method is often cry pticke , and not 
 naturall •, by the End, the fcope , and fo the principall pro- 
 pofition, which may be brought to one of thefe three kinds, 
 Demonftratiue, Deliberatiue, or Iudiciall. It is a hard thing 
 to find e the irate of a whole booke, and to reduce it into one 
 fentence or propofition , for that it is mixt of diuers kindest 
 but it ismoreeaiie in the parts of a booke , and in a particu- 
 lar portion of Scripture. Fifty, after the fcope be found 
 
 out, 
 
Chap.6, 1 bejaithjull obephcard. 1 1 
 
 out, the text is to be diuidcd into his feucrall parts : by this Of diuiding a 
 we limit our felueswkh-in bounds , tokeepeourfelucsfrom text, and the 
 ranging } the Hearer will better follow the matter, and con- b £ ne ^ therc- 
 ceiue the meaning in the difcourfc 5 It helpeth memory to ° J^^-^" 
 carry away that which is heard. Where order wants with- ofdjforder- 
 outdiuifion, there mult needi be a disordered rouing, run- lintflc. 
 ning in and outjheere now m the beginning,by and by there 
 in the ending •, a coufiifion there is, a mixture of things to 
 befeuered, and a feparation of things to be conioined: the 
 difcourfe is loofe, tedious, and vncertaine, wandring with- 
 out ftay or limitation. 
 
 OftheDiuifionofBookcsor Chapters, my purpofeis 
 not to fpeakc , for that helpes enow are to bee had for the 
 fame, andfo common in all mens labors and Commenta- 
 ries, that it is a labour needlefle to giue any precepts heere- 
 in. I therefore heere intend to fpeake of particular Scrip- How to di- 
 cures, one or two verfes for a text, and of the diuifion, inter- uide particu- 
 prctation, and gathering doctrines thereout only. Some tai ' verfes. 
 verfes containe euident doctrines or propofitions,as Prouer. 
 29. 1 8. 70/7.3. 3 6. where note the quality thereof; Generall 
 or Special!, Affirmatiue or Negatiue , NeceiTary or Contin- 
 gent : the parts, the Antecedent and Coniequent. Where 
 
 fuch euident propositions be not, there, nrftlookeout a to- „.. c » 
 
 , . f " ' „ ' . , What hrft to 
 
 turn, that is, fometearme in generall to name it by 5 as a nar- con fider and 
 
 ration, a doctrine teaching fomewhat \ an exhortation , a know to di- 
 
 dehortation > a commandement,a promife 5 a threat,rebukc, oi^e a ycrfc. 
 
 petition, wim, vow ; a curfe 5 a profeffion, declaration, falu- Fo ^ tl ™ PJ"jT 
 
 tation, a counfell ; a comfort, prediction, praife, thankefgi- ^afcaUclnTo- 
 
 uing, difpraife, admonition, queftion, anfwer, mockcorkn,. 
 
 taunt 5 a definition , defcription , accufation , prohibition, 
 
 deteftatio^deniall or affirmation, or fomefuch thing. Then j^tto can* 
 
 gather the parts by circumftances , euen as the words lie in tne Text 
 
 order, if it may bee , for the better helpe of the meaner fort, or what 
 
 To find what to call it (which terme or namecontaincth the name to g iuc 
 
 /cope of the words) may bee found out from other Scrip- * f " c p r ° r |J°" 
 
 turcs, asy^^.a8.i9.iscalleda commandement 5 by S. ° ^h i^bc 
 
 Paul, jitt. 10. 42. fo genef.17. 4. which S. /Weals a Pro- handled, 
 
 E mifc, 
 
iz i Mjatwjuu dtiepbcara. ^ n ap. o . 
 
 nrife, Rom. 4. 20. PfaL 32. 1. interpreted by S.'Paul, Rom* 
 4. 6. Againe, we may know how to call it by the fenfe of the 
 place, albeit we finde it not interpreted elfewhere : and by 
 othermeanes,asby theVerbe,asAf^r/7.9. 30. its a charge 
 , gn\cn,Rom. 1 2. 1. an exhortation, Lnk. 14.29. 30. a mock- 
 vie of Gram- in S* R° m '9< T 4« deteftation noted by abfit, which Verbe 
 mar neceflary ftiewes the Apoftles deteftation of that blafphemy : by 
 toaDiuinc. Nounes : c Dan. 4. 24. it is a Counfell : by Aduerbes •, PfaL 
 1 19. 3*. a wifli : by Coniunctions, etfe, cjuamuis, and the like 
 are fymbola occupations : nifi is often notaobtellionis, andfed 
 folutionis, as 2. Cor. 1.24. by Interiections, as PfaL 12c. 3-. a 
 complaint. In one verfe there may be two or three generals, 
 as Genef. 32.30. the firft part a narration, the latter a gratu- 
 lation 5 whereupon in fuch cafes according as the text will 
 affoord, mud be firft made a generall diuifion into diuers to- 
 Art example turns ,ar\& euery of them after into their branches by circum- 
 oucof the old ftances : as for example, £z,ech. 18. 30. 
 tcihment. Thefe words are the Prophet Ez,echiels, whom the Lord 
 
 x. uc or. ra if ec j V p y as to com f ort c hc godly , fotofhew the wicked 
 z.Occafion. their llnnes and punifhmentfor the fame : For the wicked 
 Ieweshad blafphemoufly accufed the Lordofiniuftice, and 
 3. Scope and murmured againft his chaftifements, which the Prophet 
 generall pro. reprooues them for, and confutes their error, andfhewes 
 po nion. t j iat q oc | s wa j es arc e q ua ll and mft , and theirs vniuft, and 
 ^Coherence, that not he, but they, arethecaufeofhisiudgementsvpon 
 them , which are iuftly inflicted. Whereupon in thefe 
 words the Prophet concludes , that for thefe their fpeeches 
 they deferue punifnment , and fhould be purofhed vnleiTe 
 5 Parts and they repented. The verfe containeth three generall tearmes 
 generail dmi- oKtotums y and therefore muft thefe firft be obferued : the 
 don. firft,is a threatning ofiudgement : the fecond , an exhorta- 
 
 tion : the third, a promife j which both the fenfe and the 
 The fubdiui- Verbes ( I will iudoe ; Remrne 5 Shall not be ) doe note out 
 oy o er- vnto vs ]yr ow . jf nien pleafe,they may by circumftances di- 
 lution ot or- 1 1 /- • r * • J J . 11 
 curolhttces. ul detncie lntoleuerall parts, euery one againe , and as tne 
 words lie in order : as thus$/;z£W/:?r^/yTote firft the caufe, 
 in f/?w/tfr^fecondly,vvhae is thixatnsd judgement: thirdly-, 
 
 who 
 
ICW. 
 
 Chap.6. TliefaithfullShepheard. 25 
 
 who in generally thehoufeoflfrael , and more particularlie 
 euery one 5 fourthly, the maner ofiudgement 5 iuftlie, accor- 
 ding to his rvaies. Fjftly ,the perfon threatning, the Lord : So 
 likewife proceed in the exhortation and promife. 
 
 Another example, Matth. 10.14. . , 
 
 Thefe be the words of our Sauiour Chrift in his commif- oi thc n( 
 fion giuen to his Difciples , who commanded them to 
 Preach, and to goe hither & thither, and yet without care of 
 corporall prouihon, intimating alfo to them, that all fhould 
 not rcceiue them 5 he fore-knowing mans thoughts, who 
 vpon hearing of enemies, would be fomewhat difcouraged : 
 hehecre preuentsan obieclion or anfwers clofely to that 
 quefhon which they might make concerning their behaui- 
 ourtotheobftinate, and what fhall befall them. All which 
 is to incourage the Difciples in their Minifterie. The parts 
 whereof are two in generall, aCommination anda Com- 
 mandement. 
 
 1. In the threat 3 note 5 firftthe parties threatned , JVho- 
 foener, theperfons 5 and after the place 5 thehoufeorcitie. 
 Secondly why, for two offences, not receipting the Difciples-, 
 2nd for not hearing their words. Thirdly ,the certaintic of the 
 threatning confirmed to his Difciples, tritely I fay to you. 
 Fourthly, what is threatned, to wit, their certaine damnation 
 and impojjibilitie to be faued , deliuercd in a comparative 
 fpeech 5 it /hall he eafer. Fiftly, the time when this ihall be 
 effected, in the day ofiudgement, 
 
 1 . In the commandement obferue firft the time , when they 
 depart-, fecondly, who, the Difciples, all of them : thirdly, 
 what to doe,Jha!>e off the dufl cf their feet e. 
 
 Thus may we doe with any Scripture,if we can but know 
 the generall, how to name it , and fo laie it open by circum- 
 (lances, euen as the words lie in order. This maner of diui- 
 dingwill affoord much matter, eafiefoi the method, and 
 defcendstothccapacitieoftheilmplellHcarer.Buthecreis 
 'no fmall cunning required , to gather out leflonsfrom euery 
 circumftance fitly ,yec eafieto any one that vndeiftands,and 
 hath laboured heercin, as mall be after dcmonflratcd by ex- 
 
 E % ampler. 
 
2 4 Tlie faith ftdl ShephearJ. Ch ap . 6. 
 
 example. If it be held too great curiofitle, fodifti nelly to 
 note eueiy word as it were, and circumftance, thenthe ge- 
 nerall dimfion maybeonely obferued, and oneormoe of 
 the words followed , parting from one to another briefly at 
 his pleafure : the way is all one, this more eafie and lefTe 6i- 
 ftm&tothevnderftandingin particulars : the other more 
 hard and fubiecl: to the cenfure of a meane Hearer, any whit 
 exercifedin the Word, who more cafily iudgeth and ieeth 
 the collections of doclrines, and how it is followed, and 
 when the Preacher keepes or roues from the prefent matter. 
 Howto di- If this way be not liked, in ftead of this diuiding, and for 
 nide after an generall heads, one, two, or three propofitions may be ga- 
 ocher manei > cne red,andas parts followed, euery propofition conteinmg 
 learned t ' ie 1 " UDl ^ ance of the circumftances in the generall part. 
 
 As for example, to declare my meaning, Ail. I c. 3 3 . 
 The words are part of Cornelius anfvver, andconteine in 
 them three parts : Firft,CV#<?/^ obedience in thefe words; 
 therefore fent I for thee immediately : wherein we note thefe 
 circumftances ; firft, the caufe, in therefore ; fecondly , the 
 things done, mfent ; thirdly, who, in /, that is, (fornelius 5 
 fourthly ,for whom*, fiftly,when. Secondly Cornelius incou- 
 ragingand commending o£ Peter: wherein note 5 firft, who 
 and whom ; fecondly, for what; thirdly, Cornelius readi- 
 ne{Ie,in the laft words, where obferuefirft,when;fecondry, 
 the caufe; thirdly , the parties ;fburthly, the place; fiftly, the 
 maner;fixtly, thcend; feuenthly,what. Thefe three parts 
 thus fet foorth by circumftances , may be drawen into three 
 propofitions ;and in ftead ofthis diuiding,the Teacher may 
 fay : We will in thefe words ( after hee hath read the verfe) 
 handle and fpeake of three things : 
 
 Th fc three *' ^ nac tne comrnanc ^ ement °f G°d niuft make him to 
 propofitions whom it is giucn, to obey the fame without delay, 
 contain plain- II. Thatthofe which fend for Gods meiTcngers fhould 
 ly all thefeue- openly encourage them by commending their willingnefle 
 
 ftancesTk incommin S- 
 
 vn together as ^ ?• That nearcrs knowing of their comming fhould 
 do&rwes. make thcmfelues readic, wait tor them, fubmictingthem- 
 
 felues 
 
Chap.6 . TJxfaithfullShcpheard. 2 5 
 
 felues with rcuercnce to hcarewhatfoeuer they (hall teach 
 them from the Lord. 
 
 Which proportions may bee ptooued and followed in 
 the fame order to a mans felfe, as the circumfhnces fhould 
 be*, but yet in fhew differing to the auditory : the other be- 
 ing dcliuered plainly, and inadifiointed fpcaking, hand- 
 ling euery circumftance by it felfe ; but this way largely fee 
 foorth with a continued fpeech, to the end of euery propo- 
 rtion. The other eaiie to be conceiuedof the Hearer ; and 
 to be deliuered of the fpeaker , requiring neither lingular 
 memory , nor much liberty of fpeech \ and therefore to tick- 
 ling eares a harllier way 5 though for all forts more profita- 
 ble : this waynotea{ienorfoeuident,hardliertobe vndcr- 
 ftood ofthe fimpler fort ; and more difficult to be performed 
 of the Preacher, except he haueagood memorie tohelpc 
 well his vnderftanding , and alfo a ready toong , freely vn- 
 folding without itoppe , the conceits ofthe minde. Chufe 
 cither after your gifts 5 but doe all to edification. 
 
 Heere is required in the Teacher skill in the arte of Lo- Whatvfeto' 
 gicke, an efpeciaU handmaid by the afliftance of Godsfpi- make of Lo- 
 rit, to feme for 2;reatvfe in readincr the Scriptures, in inter- g ,c ^^nartc 
 preting and laying them open vnto others. By Logicke r^f^^}^^ 
 1 we fee the method of the Spirit , 2 we behold the argu- for. 
 ments , 3 the coherence, 4 the fcope 5 ; by it wee collect: do- 
 ctrines , 6 confirme them , 7 enlarge the proofes , 8 gather 
 thence confequently apt vfes,and vrge them by reafons vp- 
 on the Hearers. Without this, a Teacher can neuer foundly 
 lay open the Scriptures, folidly profecute any matter, nor 
 pithily perfwade, nor firmely eftablifh a truth, nor iudge of 
 confequents , norconuince an aduerfine well , nor anfwer 
 warily mens fubtilties, nor wittily preuent cauilling Sophi- 
 ftrie : Si Logica abjit,ratiwalis homo, prater rationem in lingu* 
 fono verfatur .A mans Oration without Logicke,isbut found 
 of words without reafon 5 an ignorant difcoui fe ; in which if 
 > the toong be flight, and memory weakc, as the Hearer Ihall 
 oft lofe the drift of his words ; fo he (hall not feldome forget 
 himfelfe by ouerrunning both his own and other mens wits. 
 
 E 3 Let 
 
2 6 Tliefaitbfull Shepheard. Chap . j. 
 
 Let Logikcbee then thefternetoguidethecourfeof thy 
 fpeeches, that the fudden blafts of affections ouerwhclmc 
 thee not, if thou intend to fpeake iudicially. 
 
 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 Of the Scholies and interpretation efthe words. 
 
 Fter the diuifion of the text , muft follow an explana- 
 tion of the fimple words , or of words ioined together, 
 making euidently a fentence : yet this is not to bee done at 
 once thorowout the text, but orderly as the words are come 
 vnto, or the fentences in the feuerall parts of the diuifion, 
 which will preuent tedioufneflc and tautologies. 
 
 If the words bee but two or three together , or but one 
 briefe fentence,then asnecefTity requireth, they may at once 
 beexplaned 5 and then a Paraphrafe made thereon, briefe 
 L ,. .. , andplaine. Which thins; is not to be done where the words 
 cxplaned and arc plaine without any obicurity in them. For euery Scrip- 
 whatnot, ture is either pla inly fet do wne, and the words to bee taken 
 properly as they lie in the letter: (So is euery doctrine of 
 Faith and maners nectflary to faluation fet downe ) which 
 needs no explication of words , but inlarging of the mat- 
 ter : or elfe obfeurely •, and this needs an exposition. No 
 Scripture is in it felfeobfcure , but that we want eie- fight to 
 behold what is therein contained. TheSunneis euer cleerc, 
 though wee through our blindneile cannot fee the {billing 5 
 or for that fomc darke clouds hinder our fight, which are to 
 be remoued, that we may looke vpon ft. 
 HowScrb- The clouds obfeuring the cleere light of the Scripturein 
 turc becomes the words or fentences are thefe, which if we can expcll,thc 
 obfeure, and matter in euery text will become manifeft. 
 wherein the 1. Is Variety fometimes of reading, qu* in quibuf- 
 l-i dam Hebraitextus & Cjr<zcilocis y velinfcitih, yelneghgentia 
 
 librariorttm (irrepsere : credatur tamennonin omnibus exem* 
 plaribus malitia IfaUornm textum corrupt nm ejfe, vt impie te- ( 
 nent Papifla. 
 
 1 . Is variety of fignification of words : one word Signify- 
 
 ing 
 
L.nap.7. i Mjawyuu ompwara. tj 
 
 ing many things, Homonymies : many words fignifying a- 
 gainc one thin^Sjrnonjimes: and when words arefomewhac 
 like, as if they were Synonymies ; and yet differ. 
 
 3. The ignorance of the proper fignification of the 
 word, for want of vnderftanding in the originall languages? 
 fo ofchephrafe and propriety oft hat fpeech. 
 
 4.. Defects and errors m translations, by adding, omit- 
 ting, altering, mifplacing, mifpointing, by comma, colon, 
 parentheGs, period, or interrogation. 
 
 y. Diuerfitie ofthe opinions oflntcrpretours. 
 
 6. Shevves ofcontrach£toriefpeeches. 
 
 7. Want of knowledge ofthe Arts, Hiflorie, Fhilofo- 
 phie, Antiquities clofely couched in many a text of Scrip- 
 ture. 
 
 8. Andlaftly, Ignorance ofpoints of Diuinitie, and of 
 fuch things whereof the Scripture fpeaketh, proper to it 
 Cclfe^ of God, of Chrift Iefus } ofthe Law and Gofpell j and 
 ofthe Sacraments. 
 
 Asmanyofthefcas thetextis obfeured by, and iuftly 
 therefore needeth an expofkion, muff, be made plainc, both 
 to cleere what is darke, and to refolue the Hearer of that 
 which may doubtfully bee taken. Words may thus be ex- 
 plained. 
 
 1 . Firfiby fetting downe an vfuall word, for an vnufualj How the 
 aproper,foraflguratiue. words ofthe 
 
 2. A more plaine,for one more obfeure, by a Gramma- tex ^ may . be . 
 . ,, _ r . ' ' J explancd:^nd 
 
 ticall Synonymic. ■ all obfeurid* 
 
 3. Bv a nominall definition, rcmooued. 
 
 4. By cbftinguifhing words doubtful one from another, 
 and interpret diuerfitie of fignifications, according to the 
 fubie£t, matter there handled > els as one faith , D urn verba 
 mmis AttendHntHr y fenfHs veritatis amittitiir. 
 
 %. By obferuing our owne common vfe of fuch words 
 and maner offpeaking, how, and why wefo fpeake. 
 , For tranflations , bring them to the originall text , and by 
 that trie them*, and fee the emphafis of the words, the ma- 
 ner offpeaking, and the Granunaticail conductions. 
 
 £ 4 R cconcilc 
 
23^ 1 bejaitbjull bhepbcard. Chap.7. 
 
 Reconcile what feeme to iarrc, aad cleere the fame from 
 One true ?.nd f a |f e interpretations. There is but one true and natural! 
 naturall fenfe f en f eo f euer i e pl acej which is the literall fenfe, that which 
 and^one"' tne no ^ e Ghoft principally intendeth there : and accor- 
 right expofi- dingly can there be giuenbutone true and right interpreta- 
 tion, tion of the words and fentence. A godly meaning may bee 
 Scafus Pius. mac | e f tne f anne . agreeing with the Analogic ot faith, ten- 
 ding to Gods glorie, the fuppreflion of vice and mainte- 
 Genuinus nance of vertue,and fo tolerable. But Senfus propria* &ge- 
 fen(us. nuinainterpretatio, is- that which makes the place to agree 
 to the chiefe purpofe and fcope of the holy Ghoft inten- 
 ded in that fame place of Scripture. 
 How to giue a Now to giue this right expofition of the place •, to iudge 
 true fenfe vp- f othermens interpretations, for the approouing of the 
 an/to tri C the ^ c ^> *° r tne re * e ^ n S °f tne woorftj to examine aright alio 
 famefo to be. varietie of readings and tranflations j in what fenfe to take 
 words of diuers llgnifications ; tomakefupplyof a Gram- 
 maticallEllipfis, yea and to reconcile trucly places which 
 feeme to difagree , may be by thefe meanes following. 
 Firftmeanes i- By the Analogic of faith, for it muft agree with the 
 is by analogic principles of Religion , the points of Cathechifmc fet 
 of Faith , the Jowncin the Creed, the Lords Praier, the ten Commande- 
 tcchSne. *" ments > an( * tne doc'trine of Sacraments 5 One faith, Propo- 
 fttio obfeura, primb omnium ad cert am alicuius difciplim me- 
 thodttmreuocetur , & ex rerum in ea tr adit arum principijs & 
 Moxo-Jd. iudicetur. This is it which the Apoftlemeaneth; 
 a.Tim.i. 13. and for that end willes Timothie to keepe the truepatcrne of 
 wholfome words, \&xivm<nv Cytalvm wv tiytv , which one 
 right well interpreteth thus , Methodnm dextram materia- 
 rum Theologicarum : to which the interpretation of more 
 obfeure places maybe brought, as to certum drimmotum 
 interpret at ionis w/Jwe*w, as the fame author calles it: which if 
 men would vfe, there mould neuer be fuch monftrous opi- 
 nions broched, norfo dangerous contentions raifed in the 
 Church daily , as there hath beene and now is. But eueric 
 thing would agree with Faith and Charitie, in which (lands 
 the forme of wholefome words ddiuercd by the Apoftle. 
 
 To 
 
Chap. 7« llxfaithfnll Sbej>J?CA>\L ~ 25/ 
 
 To which thefoure formerly mentioned may bee reduced 
 fitlie. The Creed to Faith , as the fuinnic thereof, and fo 
 the Sacraments as Sealcs confirming the fame. To Lotte, 
 theCommandemcnts, which mew vs what to do to our 
 neighbour : and the Lords Praier, teaching what to requcfl 
 of God for our neighbour. 
 
 II. By thecircumftanceof the place, what, who, to Thefecond 
 whomjbywhatjwhen.andhow, obferuing carefully what m «n«isby 
 e-oes before, what followes after. Of which things fpeaks S. ° rcumftan - 
 
 O O r CCS. 
 
 Axguflwe and S . Jerome, vpon the fourth oiAmos, and on 
 Aiatlo.z f . Ex antecedentibitt & consequent ibui colligitur ve- *A*S»ft* &*.*• 
 rus Scripture fenfus. We may not onely looke vpon one dedo y' Chri P' 
 word and fentence, and thereupon iudgc of all : the fcope 
 rnuft withall bee diligently attended vnto, wherefore the 
 words are fpoken. As the order of the difcourfe, contextus 
 feries, is to be weighed for right interpretations, fothe end 
 is to be confidercd , to giue a true fenfej Intelligentia ditlo- 
 rum ex cnujts fumenda eft dicentis. The faying of Hilarie ci- 
 ted by Lyranuson Deut. 28. whereuntoagreeth that Law- 
 yers rule : Prior &potentior eft mens , quam vox dicentis. Of 
 which matter S. tsiuguH.hbr. 3. dc Dettrina Chrifliana, 
 fop. $.& 10. 
 
 III. By comparing and laying Scripture to Scripture, The third 
 the place in hand with other places J the clcerer expound- m cancsi$by 
 ing the more obfeure •, and the more places the fewer, as S. Scripture " ° 
 Augufi. faith 5 Oportet fecundumplura intelligi pauciora, Aug. v^ K felfe. 
 lib. de Adnlterinis comugijs, cap. 1 1 . 1 2. The Prophets mud 
 
 be laid to the Law , and the New Teftament to the Old 5 Ioh.e. 
 for che Prophets expound Mofes , and the Apoftlcs and E- Aa.17.11. 
 wangehfts them both. This is thefearching of the Scrip- 
 ture commanded by our Sauiour, and for which the Be- ^j?'*' 
 reans are commended. 
 
 Now the Scriptures to be conferred together are of 3. forts. What Scrip- 
 ( I. Is with places , the fclfe fame inotherplaccsrcpea- turestobee 
 
 ted, as that of God to Abraham, Genef. 12. 3. confer it ™™?™**°- 
 
 • 1 ^ ^ « a<i •<**««•!> gether. with 
 
 with Genef. 22.18. ^#.3.2/. Galat.^. 8. is the famerepea- fhc fame re- 
 ted againe : fo Sfai 29. i^.againe repeated, Matth.\$. 8. peated. 
 
 F Yet 
 
3 o T\n fattbfull bbeapberd. Chap. 7. 
 
 Yet hcere note , that thefe places are not fo precifely repea- 
 ted , but that ibmetimes there may be and is a little alterati- 
 on : and this is for fiue caufes, which may be as helpers to vs 
 in the interpretation or* our text in hand. 
 
 W4iy the 1 • F° r interpretation fake, as Pfal. 78. i.Mattb. 13.38. 
 
 fame places 2. For todiftinguifh one thing from another,as Af/c^.5. 
 
 repeated, 1. Matt. 2.6. 
 
 haue fomc ^ To make a reftraint of fomewhat more generall , to a 
 
 alteration. more fjpeciall 3 dsDevt. 6. 1 3 . Matt. 4. 10. and Efai. 20. 13. 
 • Mattb.ij.%. 
 
 4. For application ofthe type to the truth,and of a gene- 
 ral! to a fpeciall, as Ionab 1.7. Mattb. 12.39'. qo.Pfal. 69. 
 
 W 1 laces 25. -^^?. -1.20. 
 
 alike, but not 5* For breuity fake , or becaufe fbmething doth not fit 
 the fame. the matter in hand, as Zacb. 9.9. Matth.iu 5. 
 
 II. Kind is with places, not the felfe fame repeated, but 
 oihersfomcwhat alike , and agree either in words, as Genef. 
 28. 12. lob. 1.3-1. and GV#. 3. ij.Rom. 16". 20. or in the 
 meaning, being like in fubftanceof matter,as Mattb. 26.1 6. 
 Gen. 17.10. Salomons precept in Prouerb. 2 8. 1 3 . exprefted 
 by DauidiPfkl. 2 2. 3 . 4. 5 . hcere one place for illuftrarfon, 
 is an example ofthe fame kinde , to a precept or exhortati- 
 on : Solikewife, 2. Sam. 15.25.26. aplaine expreffingof 
 Peters exhortation, 1 . Pet. 5 . 6. \ 
 w , . 1 III: And laft kinde is with places vnlike,in (hew feeming 
 
 vnhke and t0 difagree from the place in hand, when they be compared 
 differing, or together : and this vnlikeneile is either in words or maner of 
 feeming con- fpQ^^o^s Rom. 3. 2%. lam. 2.24. fo i.Km.g. 28, z.Chr. 
 trade infliew. 8# 1 8> anc j Zac ^ % ^ # cMatt. 27. 9. where the Prophecy is 
 afcribed to Ieremie : or elfe difagree in the meaning, as A&. 
 
 NoScriptuie7'l6.6V/2. 4 8.22. 
 
 is contrary to But heere note that difcord is not in Scripture, neither is 
 it felfe. one place contrary to another^albeit through our ignorance 
 
 What is re- j r feerne foto vs, but it is not Co indeede. Formacon- 
 inakeaton. t r adi6Ho,n , there mult bee two places hauing the fame ( 
 contradifti- words in fignification : vnderftood of one and the fame 
 on. thing or fubieft matter ? the fame reafon and end inten- 
 
 ded 
 
Chap. 7. The faith full Shepheard. 5 r 
 
 ded, in one refpecr. and maner of doing, at the fame time. 
 If thefe be fo, there is a contradiction by affirmation and 
 negation ; as Faith alone doth iuttifle vs before God : Faith 
 alone doth not iuftifle vs before God. Here is a contradi- when there is 
 €kion. But if the places agree not to one indiuiduate thing, nocomrafie- 
 to the famepart of that thing , inoneand the lame refpeft tie. 
 and confideration,and at the fame time alio, there is no con- 
 tradiction betweene them. By this trie all the feeming con- 
 tradictory places in the Scripture, and we fhall finde no op- 
 pofition at all : As for example. In Gen. 1 7. 14. and Gal.%. 2. 
 feemes an opposition, but trie the places, and we fhall flnde 
 them dilagree in time , fo no contrariety. Likewife that of 
 Rom. 3. 28. and Urn. 2. 24. agree not in the fame refpecl,^. 
 Paul {peaking of faith iuftifying before God : and lames o£ 
 faith iuftifying before men. The way to reconcile fuchpla- Howtore- 
 ces, muilbe theleforefaidemeanesaslhauefaid. But now c oncile place* 
 to know when ic is ncedfull to vie thefe meanes , for euerie to S cther * 
 text requires not thus much trouble: 
 
 This is the generall rule, if the figniflcation of the words A rule to 
 in any text , as they be there let downe , doe agree with the know when 
 circumitance of the fame place, it is the truefenfe thereof, as thc ^ cx: ac - 
 A&. 26.23. ^ m - 3» IO - But ifthe words carry l a (hew of the letter is 
 any thing againft the analogie of faith, or l againft the Scri- the true fenfc 
 ptures, or *againft the fcope of the Scripture, or 4 againft of the place, 
 common good, or 5 againft the light of nature, or* contei- an< lwhen 
 ning any abfurdity or 7 (hew of euil,as in thefe Scriptures li- 
 terally taken by themfelues, without farther confidei ation, 
 Luk^ 10.4. Mat. 10. 9. Matt, f.zy.Lxk. 16. 8. lob, 6. 53. 
 Rett. 22. 1 1. and luch like; they are not to be taken literally, 
 butflguratiuely ; and an other meaning muft becmadeof 
 them, than the letter giues foorth, agreeing with other Scri- 
 ptures, the analogie offaith, with the circumftancesand 
 drift of the place, and the nature of the thing handled. To 
 3 make this euident, we will bring in feucrall examples to de- 
 clare the lame of euident places, of rlguratiuc and obtcure ; 
 of mixt, partlie euident, and partly obfeure \ laftly of places 
 diflbnant one from another how to reconcile them. 
 
 F z LEccleL 
 
 not. 
 
3* 
 
 TlxfaithfullShepbeard. Chap.7. 
 
 withproofe 
 thereof. 
 
 L Eccief.y.i 2 . Surely there is no man %ufi~m the earth, 
 that doth good and jinneth not. 
 Aneuidcnt Hecrc looking vpon this place and obferuing the words, 
 
 turccanving not hing I fin^e obfeure, needing interpretation : but the 
 the fenfe after right (enfe to be as the words openly declare , for the fame 
 the letter , agrees with the analogy of faith,it being a principle taught, 
 That all men arc (inners : the fife petition , teaching euerie 
 man to aske pardon of his finncs : it agreeth with the cir- 
 cumftances of the place, and 1SW0W0;*/ purpcfe,a!fo with o- 
 ther Scriptures, as Pfalm. 14. 3. lam.^.i. i.Ioh.i.S. Rom. 
 7.19. Therefore this and the like Scriptures dcliuering in 
 theletterthetruemeaning, wee are to proceed toinftructi- 
 ons, without feafc hingfoorth of anie other fenfe from the 
 words, or (landing vpon explaining of the words, being 
 not obfeure ; except the rudenefle of the auditorie vn- 
 taught in common things doth require a briefe vnfolding 
 of the words as one commeth to them : For there is nothing 
 fo cleere , but euen the mainc points of Chriftianitie need- 
 eth opening ( as in this place 5 Who is a iuft man > What 
 finncis j Andtodogood) tofuchas be vncatechifed , and 
 not inftruftedin the common tearmes of Religion , as God, 
 Sauiour, Law , Gofpell, Faith, Repentance, Flefh, Spirit, 
 An obfeure and fofoorth. 
 
 Scripture, ] /. Matth.i6.t6. This is mj 'Body. 
 
 which cannot j^j s -^ an OD f cure Scripture, and cannot be meant literal- 
 cording to" lic as thc Pa P ifts expound them 5 as if Chrift had faid j This 
 the letter. bread is my naturall bodie, borne of the virgin Marie my 
 Thc Papifts mother, by tranfubftantiationjfor it is abfurd and too groflc 
 cxpofition a conceit : Therefore we fearch out another fenfe , and fay 
 uldhK^ 00 ' as ifChrift had faid, and indeed as he meant ^r^^r^^ k 
 In examining^*'*' of my bo die ', or my body Sacrament ally. 
 our expofiu- Now to trie out expontions, we muft come to the former 
 onsvpon pb- Rules : Firft to confute the Papifts, before we confirme 
 fi C ft ^i? our ownc : tne matter in hand is about the Sacrament , ( for ( 
 fer the mat/ tms IS eucr to ^ e marked , of what the place fpeaketh, that 
 ter to Tome fo we may referre it to fome Catechifme point, to trie thc 
 point of Cate- interpretation by, as places fpeaking of Chnft, we muft re- 
 ferre 
 
Chap. 7. Tbefatthfull Sbepbeard. 3 $ 
 
 ferrc them to his nature or offices, and according vhrothc cfcifmeand 
 Principles therein learned examine our expofitions.) 1 her- aftcr l . j 
 fore we are to rcferre this Predication to the doctrine of Sa- Signify* pro* 
 craments,wherc we fliall findc their cxpofition to be againft C ccd therein . 
 the nature of a Sacrament,vvhich is a relation and not truly a 
 fubftance 5 afigne as well, as the thing fignificd. 
 
 II. Bringit to another part of the Catechifme, to the Chnftisnor 
 Creed, and we fliall findc it to be againft two Articles of the £<><%«* ih* 
 fame 5 of Chrifts true humane nature , hairing a true body 
 
 with all the dimenfions, which being fo, cannot beinclofed 
 in a wafer cake. Alfo againft Chrift httins: at the rio;ht hand 
 of his Father, which is euertrueatall moment of times : but 
 this cannot I beleeue , if hee bee in the Sacrament, and euery 
 morning Mafle, and fo ofcen as the Sacrament is celebrated. 
 It cannot be faid that one true body can bee at one inftant in 
 two places. 
 
 III. Trieitbythecircumftancesoftheplace, and it is 
 oucrthrowenjConfideringwhoadminiffredit, Icfus Chrift 
 fitting at the table, and the bread in his hand : by which ei- 
 ther mud: his body fitting at the Table, be a fantafticall bo- 
 dy, if the bread was his true Body •, or the bread, but bread : 
 if the bread was then but bread ,it was not tranfubftantiated, 
 belike till after his refurreclion , and in fo faying the firft in- 
 ftitution fhotild be defectiue , and the difciples of Chrift to 
 rcceiue lefle than we doe,if it be now trafubftantiated. Note 
 againc, that it is called bread, and appeares euer bread : now 
 ifit were changed, it were a miracle : and no miraclebutit 
 was fenfiblc. The Difciples they tooke it,faw Chrift when 
 they eat it , and felt no flefh. The end of a Sacrament is to 
 remember him 5 now we remember not things prefent : it is 
 againft therefore the end of a Sacrament. 
 
 I V. Laftly, it is againft Scripture ^ AB. 3 . 1 t .The Pa- 
 pifts expofition therefore is falfc,too Caniball like.allowing 
 
 the eating of mans flefh •, which the lews abhorred to heare *?" n *• Q . 
 of. Itisfalfe, foolifh, and abfurd, againft religion, rcafon, on u * "j^/ 1 " 
 fenfeandnaturallinftincT:. plainly proo- 
 
 Ccmtrari wife, our interpretation is true , and doth agree ucd. 
 
 F 3 with 
 
$4 Tlie faithful! Shepbeard. Chap.7. 
 
 with the nature of aSacramenr,with Articles of Faith, with 
 Scripture, Ioh\ 6.63.4%.?,. 21. with all the circumftances 
 of the place, and with places fpeaking of the like matter, in 
 Iikemaner, and yet no tranfubftantiation ; Gensf* 17. 10. 
 1. Cor. 10.4. i.Cor.i 1.2/. Therefore this our exposition is 
 the right meaning of the words. 
 
 ///. Rom. 12.20. If thine enemy hunger, fee dhim: If hee 
 
 thirfl,giue him drinks :for info doing, thoujhaltheape 
 
 co ales offirevpon his head. 
 
 A fcripture Thefe words are partly euident, and the fenfe in the letter 
 
 partly ob- in the words ofexhortation: and partly obfcure in the con- 
 
 aitl'cuf. Ration. 
 
 dent. ^ ne &*& needs no explanation, the latter muft bee inter- 
 
 preted : for that it fecmes to carry an abfurdity in it, to heap 
 coales of fire vpon the head of him, to whom wee in charity 
 are bound to doe good vnto : k> may I hurt him , and not 
 benefit him. There is a double meaning giuen of thefe 
 The tmll< ? words: Some fay thus ; By well doing, thy enemy not de- 
 onT wheiher"f cn " n g it,thou ihaltincrcafe Gods iudgements againft him: 
 of them true. But the circumftances of the place will not allow this. The 
 Apoftles intent is , to mooue men to the worke of charity, 
 euen to their enemies, to doe them good thereby , and to 
 purpofethc fame. But if this were the fenfe, the reafon 
 were to (hew how to be reuenged on him,and in (hew of do- 
 ing good, to intend him mifchiefe , which is againft Chri- 
 ftian charity (if we trie it by the doctrine of charity) the na- 
 ture and end thereof. Some expound it thus : Info doing, 
 thou (halt win him vnto thee by force, euen as if thou didft 
 heape coales offirevpon his head, which he (hould not be 
 able to endure , but muft needs yeeld to thee , thy good 
 deeds will fo enflame his affection of loue to burne in him 
 towards thee. This may (land with the circumftances , the 
 Apoftlesfcope, the nature of charity, and with other Scrip- 
 tures,^*/"^. f.44. 1. Samuel 24.17. a, King.6. 22. z^, Pro- 
 uerb.'2$.2z. Therefore the true fenfe. 
 
 / y. An example of reconciling places, as in (/enef. 22.1. 
 and lames 1.1 3. 
 
 Where 
 
Chap. 7- 1 be faith full »epbeard. 3 5; 
 
 Where the places feeme contradictory, to make thefe An example 
 not to difagrcc, and to reconcile them , and Co other Scrip* fhewing how 
 tnres : Obferue i.whetherthe rules of opposition hold in r ° reconcile 
 them or no. 2. then note which of the places agree beftwith P accs "j* 
 
 r r\ ■ ■ 1 • 1 n t- j ming to dii- 
 
 the body or Diuinity and principles ot KeJjgion .- as heere agree. 
 lames his words doe j and learne from the analogie of Faith 
 theicope and circumftances,the true fenfe thereof. 3 .confi- 
 der wherein the other ieemes contradictory thereunto, as 
 the place ofGenefis , and there obferue the fenfe alio by the 
 rules .-4. and Jalt!y,lay to themfome other place one or two 
 agreeing and being alike in words or meaning to either of 
 them, which by comparifon with them, may giuethee a 
 right difference and (hew the reconcilement of them, as 
 8xod.zo.10. which place agreeth with CJenef.22.1. and with- 
 all interpreteth what is meant by tempting , euen prooning 
 of Abraham, by which is plaine then, that there is no con- 
 tradiction betweene the two places. 
 
 SoAfatt.io. 5.6c 28. 19. feeme to iarre, and Chrift to be 
 againfthis owne commandemenr. But confider and com- 
 pare them with Matt. 21.^. and Aft. 13.46. andthecir- 
 cumftances with the rules of exposition, and the reconcile- 
 ment will bee made, and no dilcord found at all. And thus 
 much of the interpretation of the text. What is need- 
 
 That a Mini ft er may faithfully andfonndly interpret, there is full that a mi- 
 required by neceffary consequent from that which hath niftcrmay 
 beene deliueredheere in this Chapter, much knowledge, p™ X a " 
 
 I. Of Grammar. From falfe Grammar (asonefaith)there a t>j Gto f n . 
 cannot proceed true Diuinity. By this 1 .we find out rhe true terpre: fcrir> 
 conftru&ion, 2. the proper lignifkaticn, 3 . the emphafis of mre. 
 words,4.the propriety of the tongue, ^ . maner of Ipeaking, Art °*" Gr:m ~ 
 and other thingsofleile importance, yet neceflaiy , about Knowledge in 
 which Grammar is excrcifcd. the tongues, 
 
 II. Knowledge of the tongues in fome meafureis requi- Hcb. Greece, 
 red , Theclognsmiiflbe PhiLhgus : the force of words are an <J*jitine, 
 
 ^nore fully in the original! text often , than in the tranllati- ^ ^"j 1 " 1 " 
 on : by a mans ownc knowledge into the text, hee feeth the vvbich com- 
 matter immediately with his ouneeies, when other fee in mcih tbciby, 
 
 F 4 the 
 
5 6 The fxithf nil Sbepheanl. Chap.7. 
 
 the tranflation the matter by other menseies. Euery lan- 
 guage hath peculiar words, dialects, tropes and figures. 
 Scruples which may anfc by variety oftranflations, may be 
 preuented or taken away, doubts remoued, and tranflations 
 morcfafely followed. The knowledge of three languages 
 very neceiTary : the Hebrew tongue : in it the Canon of the 
 old Teftament was written : the Greeke tongue , in which 
 language the Scriptures CanonicalloftheNew Teftament 
 avefetdowne : and the Latine tongue for the reading of au- 
 thours, wherein moft haue written. 
 A fRhe- *^ # K now l c ^S eo ^Rh etor i c ^ e » tnc Scriptures being 
 torikc and o- full of tropes and figures , with knowledge in the reft of the 
 thcr fcienccs. Liberall Sciences : vndei (landing alfo in naturall Philofo- 
 phic, Oeconomickes, Ethickes , Politickes , Geographic, 
 Cofmographie : he may not be ignorant of Antiquities ; he 
 is to be acquainted with Hiftories ; and with whatfoeuer he 
 fhali be occafioned to vfeinthe interpretation of the Scrip- 
 Note the nc- tures • without which no man can worke cunningly vpon e- 
 ceffity of u- u text ifh cwanrtne j n ft rument . (that is) the skill of that 
 for a Dininc arte which mould helpe him therein. 
 What fruit Thcdiuerfity of knowledge in feuerall things which a 
 
 comes by m an brings with him, to the reading ofthe Scripture, arc as 
 wjo A W * man y candles to giue light to fee into his text, both to finde 
 acrs things". out anc * ^Y °P en ^ uc ' a diuerfitie of matter as lie couched 
 therein: asalfo to expound and to fhew the full meaning of 
 the words, as Iohnio. 27. to interpret this word Know$ 
 note firft, that he fpeakes by way of fimilitude from t Shcp- 
 heard 5 then heere confider what is a Shephards know- 
 ledge : firft to know fheepe from goats : fecondlie his flieep 
 from other mens : thirdlie to fee to them, to louc, care, 
 and to prouide for them. Now applie this to the text, and 
 you haue the meaning of Know , which is , I know them 
 from goats to bee mine, I fee to them, loue, care, and 
 prouide for them. And thus may wee expound difficult 
 words, by confidering to what Science or Arte to refer the 
 word vnto. One Artjft cannot fee by that tingle skill all 
 things : but the Grammarian hee feeth and handles Gram- 
 matical! 
 
Chap. 7. 1 befattbjm dbephemt. 3 7 
 
 maticall points: the Rhetorician, Rhetorique: the Logitjan, 
 Logique : the Naturall and Morall PhiJofcphei s, their Phi- ~ . 
 lofophie: Hiftoriographers, Antiquaries, and others, tb« 4 Q th require 
 points of their proftflion. Etierieone cannot tell whence the vie and 
 is fetched the (mule in Job, 14,7.8.9. nor handle it vvel with- *MI of all 
 out infight into husbandne. Nor/0^20. 18. and 24./. and * cicnccs « - 
 30. 29.and 47.7.9.1101- Jcrcnue 8.7. nor Sfi.i 50. y. without 
 naturall Philofophie: nor Job 2 6. 7. nor z.King.io.Q. £ 
 38.8. zsfmos 9 6. without Aftronomie : nor know how the 
 words in lob 33. 9. are fpoken, without Rhetoncke: nor 
 1. CViw.io.1.2.3.4. ^#.5.36.37. without Hiftone. Nor 
 2. Pet. 1. c. 6.7. without Ethicks : nor Genef.^y. ic. without 
 Politiques. And thus might Iinftance theoccafionof all 
 knowledge required to expound exactly euery place in the 
 Scripture : which I fpeakenot as if I wercfurnifhed with 
 them, (for I heerefhew but by my wants what I fee to be 
 needfull) nor to difcourage feme from the Minifterie , nor 
 to difhart others that be painfull and profitable, who are al- 
 ready in the Minifterie though they haue not altheie parti- 
 culars to helpc the:But this is to fiiew that it is a brain-iicke 
 opinion, to denie the vfc of Arts to the Scripture, and to ftir 
 vs vp to the diligent ftudy of thefe things , as we may any 
 way poflibly do,to commend alfo the great ncceflfitie of vp- 
 holding Schoolesof learningfor the attainment heereof: 
 and that fuch as haue children and would prefer them to 
 the Minifterie, fhould endeuour to traine them vp in all 
 kind of learning, if any way they be able. mD.umufc 
 
 I V . Knowledge(befides this humane Science ) in Diui- befides the 
 nitie,is abfolutely neceilai y : And firft it is ncccfTarie that a former hu- 
 Diuinebe well grounded in the principles of Religion,to be manefaence. 
 able to iudge of hisowne interpretations,the opinions of o- £? tech ,'{7 lc * 
 thers: & to lay downe found ex. wholefome dodnne.as be- fo JeTcquain. 
 fore I haue declared the vfe-thereof. Secondly, that he bee ted with he 
 throughly acquainted with the Scriptures , by reading the Scriptures 
 ^fame orderly thorow, without confi:fion,reuerently begin- thcmfclucs, 
 ningwithPraier; inhumilitie, without pride orprophan- ^^010^ 
 nefle : attentiuely , without wandring thoughts j with a bj y# 
 
 G hun^rin^ 
 
3 8 -t hefa/thpiU obepbeard. Chap. 7. 
 
 hungring defire^ without wearifomeneffe or Ioathing,in faith 
 without doubting, bciecuing and applying the fame to him- 
 felfe, confcionably, with purpofe to practilethe fame to 
 Gods glory, without hy poerifie, conilantfy. This reading 
 will by Gods fpiritbebleflTed, tomakeaman expert inthe 
 Scriptures: for the other more particular maner of reading 
 the Scriptures J let thofe oner to fuch as haue largely written 
 thereof, that would be further inftru&ed heerein. 
 ... V. A Minilter mult be furnifhed with books, as good 
 
 with good helps to further his fhidie, and thefe of all forts. Firft , for 
 b-ookes: humanitie, of thefeuerali Arts of Ethickes, Politickes,Oe- 
 Ofhumanity conomicks, naturall Philofophy , fuch as haue written of 
 «lUd b s°i e Trees > Herbes > Bcarts > of Husbandric,Geographie, Hifto- 
 I094 iudaica. r ' es °^ ^ €Wim cultomcs.of their Waights and Meal iires,and 
 what other matter the learned haue wrioten of for the Scrip- 
 tures cfpecially. 
 Of diuinity. Next thefe,bookes of Diuinity and others neccflary with 
 fuch as are immediate intended helpes therein. Firit, the 
 The Bible, Bible, the booke of God in Engli(h,Latin, Greeke and He- 
 brue r our bed Englifh tranllation, Trcmellius , Scptuagints 
 vznihtion: Montana interlineaII,or Vatahlus : 'Bez.ah'is Te- 
 Dictionaries lament. Secondly,Di6tionaries,befides the Latin & Greek 
 Concor- common for all forts, the Hebrue Fagnimts and Auenarins. 
 danceanddie Thirdly,Concordances,Latin,Greek and Hebrue,of which 
 finguhrvfc there is fineularvfe :a Concordance 1. helps memory much, 
 
 thereof, to c \ i c c \r 
 
 £ n(ie proo f es to nnde out any place or benpture : alio 2. in comparing 
 
 foradodrinc Scriptures, to finde places, the fame with the text repeated, 
 to enlarge the or like places in words that affoord helpe to prooue do- 
 vfe of the 6trines,by leekingthe principal word in the doclrineiwhich 
 foman/ex- ll vv *^ ne *P e a ^° to inlarge , by confideriag the feuerall pla- 
 amples, and ces which fpeake of the fame mater ,or haue the fame words, 
 to handle a out of which may be obferued, differences, caufes, effects, 
 common exhortations, promifes, threats; yea and examples alio, to 
 P ' handle thereby a Common place. As for example : 
 
 . Ifa man would fpeake of Feare, let him finde Feare in the 
 
 Anmitance. Concordance,and there he fti all fee fome place will tell him 
 
 what feare is,as/V0.i .7-fome the kjnds,of God,of man ? true 
 
 and 
 
and falfefeare, what to feare, and what not,as Afat.io. Ex- 
 hortations to truefeare, D<?//.4.how to attaine it, Fresi.i .2. 
 3.4,j-.Z)^.i7,ip.rignesoffeare./y]iio. 14. The benefits 
 reaped thereby, P/.c 5.34. And diuers other things at large 
 will be orlered to thy confideration, to follow any point of 
 Diuinity thereout, if once you had gotten an vfe herein:the 
 benefit of this is more then here I can conueniently expreile. 
 Surclyjhethac vnderitands his text well,and knowes how to 
 draw a doclnne, ncedesno printed or written Sermons, to 
 helpefor toinlargeit : the right knowledge how to vfea 
 Concordance, iseuery wayafufticient helpeforproofes, 
 reafons,and illuftrations of the fame. It may feeme,and will 
 prooueirkefome to him that at the firif makes triall thereof : 
 but time and experience will make it cade and pleafant. 
 
 I V.Analyticahexpofitions for the diuidingor bookes & Analytical! 
 chapters,and vnfoldmg of the ScriptureSjasP^/^r//// hath expoiition 
 done on the Hiitoryoi the Bible : Pi/cat or on the new Te- au<1 benefit 
 itament : and fome of all fuch bookes helpe to (hew you the !i 1cl ] cot ; 
 coherence, the antecedents, and the confequents, the fcopc i y r t ^y pon "j^ 
 oftheAuthor,the whole method and arguments for confir- Prophet*. Sec 
 mation or confutation of the proportion handled. uhannmVA^ 
 
 It were verie good for ayong beginner to read euery day t um > 
 one chapter or two'with fome learned mans refolutionof 
 the fame : hee (hall profit much thereby in knowledge or the 
 Scriptures. An excellent way for to traine vp one in for the 
 miniftery, if fuch a beginner be caufed to repeat daily ano- 
 ther mans analy ticall labour only :ti y this & beleeue as thou 
 (halt finde by experience. 
 
 V. Of Annotations,asi?^^\r,ofPhrafes,^<^^wm^, Annotations 
 and HiyricHs in his Clauis Scriptura , hath gathered rnany,& 
 of diucrs acceptation! of words, as alio Adarlorats Enchin- T ^ e commo- 
 dion fets downe : wheh booke is of very good vfe , to fhew dity of M.ir- 
 how many waies many words are taken : to helpe to finde loiaw Enchi- 
 out like places to compare with the text, and to handle a ndon - 
 ^Commonplace : the benefit ofthefe bookes and fuch of the 
 like kinde , is to further vfe in the interpretation of any ob- 
 fcure portion of Scripture. 
 
 Gz VI. Of 
 
40 l bejauhjuu dbepMarci ^nap.7. 
 
 Reconc»liati- V I. Ofreconciling places Teeming to differ, and to bee 
 on of places, one from an other, as Chnftopher Obenhimiusund ssfndreas 
 Althameras hath done or any other, if any hauemore, or 
 done better of this matter. 
 Catechjfmcs. V 1 1. Ca.echifmes concerning the dottrine of the Church 
 S **J° I ) d principles of Religion .Calmns Institutions, and Vrjinus 
 
 cd rr- C'acechifincj both which ft u died throughly .will fufficiently 
 i\,.m Care- mformca mans iudgement in the chiefe points of Religion*, 
 c to .-he which a Diuineipuftbcwcll praclifed in , for the trial! of 
 ie, & other mens judgements by the Analogic of 
 ore declared. It is°;oodfora beginner to haue 
 without booke the definitions and distributions oft he prin- 
 cipal! heads of Theoloo-ie, as P clams Partitions fetteth 
 downe , io that he may readily know to w hat head to refer 
 his doctrines, or other mens proportions, to examine and 
 judge rightly of them. 
 Common- V 1 1 T. Common-place books ^Mufculus^Pcter Martyr, 
 
 place bookes, Zcgedimts tables , which booke is a fumme ofmoft princi- 
 tra&atVb'e- P a M learned mens labours before his time. At the firft a Di- 
 ing particular uineisto exercife himfelfein handling and making Com- 
 •common-pla- mon places,for fo doing he fhal furnifh himfelfe with much 
 c "°f fel,e " matter, and learne to difcourfe, follow, and ftand vpon a 
 ntlarpe"^ point in a Sermon. Vnder Common places, Icontcinepar- 
 cbenmit'y loci wcular Tractats of feuerall things, being fome large 
 Comrr.Hnes. Commonplace of fome fpeciall point ; of God, of Chnft 
 hisincarnadon,pa{Tion,refurrec~tion, 6cc. and of any other 
 thing diftinclly fet downe. 
 Commenta- IX. Commentatiesof Orthodox writers,al which, i.wil 
 ncs andvvharhelpetheein vnde/ftandingthetext: 2. they wil morecon- 
 vfe to make of fi, me t n y iudgement, feeing others to agree in that which 
 thou haft conceiued thy felfe : 5. they by occafion ofwords, 
 may put into thy minde what of thy felfe thoucanft not 
 dreame of, nor they themfelues intended : 4.by thefe thou 
 maicftas it wereralke with andaske the iudgement of the 
 greateft Diuines in the world, of any Scripture they writer 
 of: they yetliuingand fpeakirg to vs by their labours : as 
 CaUtin* Peter Martyr, Mtifcpltts and others. 
 
 X. Ecclcfiaflicall 
 
X. EcciefiaQicail Hiftoriographers , Eu r ebins tripartite EccIefuflicMl 
 Hiftorie, RpiffiyMs.Socrdtes.Tbeodoretas 3 So^omtms, 8h- Hiftories,and 
 tfius, Nicephorfts, lofeplws, Philo Zoaarus : to which addc %[ cs *} r :c 
 the Epiftles of leroms and other Fathers, and of late wri- tncrSe 
 ters. Thefe hiflorical books arc of this vfe : I . tor the know- The poorer 
 ledge of the Churches eftate: 2. to reformc man ers rand 3. to f° rrma y read 
 aboliflifupcrftkions. 
 
 XL The Acts arid Canons of ancient Councels, the fiieiHi/f§r m 
 Centuries,/ Ueulans Commentaries, and the bookc A<fts and 
 
 of Martyrs :to fee 1 . the judgment of Churches in matters of Canons of 
 Religion : 2. the condemning of hcrefics; and 3. maintenance ^ uncelf ? 
 
 r\ 1 j, iP 1 t r r rr llie meaner 
 
 01 the truth. Heereuntoaade, the- Harmony or. conrcinons f or cmay pro- 
 of late reformed Churches. uide io»'e;wis 
 
 XI X, Controuerfies whereinto we may fafely proceed, Coiiecl. 
 being well grounded by thefe things atorefaid. hecrein it ? ontrouc f" 
 is good, to begin with thefe of later times , Cafain, Peter to ftudy the" 1 
 Cftfartyr, Cramer* Iuell, Vulke, Sadel, 'Bc^a, Whit takers, and whole in 
 forn&j 2L\-\<\%eyr:oldi: then toother of former times , and th ° fii-ft place, 
 alfotothe Fathers. But heere take thefe caueats touching The > l ^J« 
 the Fathers. Firft, fee that the name be not counterfet , and p^ou/de th *f 
 theworkefalfied ( as of late the Fathers hauebeene by the that anfwer 
 p api(tj.) Secondly, approue of their opinions , and of all B-Marmine, 
 other mens onely , as farre as they agree with Scriptures in ma y vic S J- 
 mattersof Saluation. Thirdly . when thev differ, confider ^' T>a t , f mi - 
 them as men,reuerence them and receiue them in the trueth: readme of the 
 but be tied to none in their errors. If it be poflible^cconcile Fathers. 
 the iar,to make them agree.Ifthou canfr. not by the rules de- Rea <l *>«*«* 
 tittered jthen trie which is found,and that hold. If an equall ^ n ^' 
 probability be of two , and reafons fecme to thee alike for 
 both, make a profitable vfe of either : but pubhkely broach 
 neither vnto a common auditorie ; if it bea matter ofimpor- 
 tance, refer it to Schooles.and preucnt what may breed con- 
 tention. It we will thus be wary, wefhall not run into error 
 for company , we Qiall vphold a confent and preferue a god- . 
 1 ly peace in the Church. 
 
 When we are thus fitly prepared and armed with the 
 found knowledge of the truth, againft fophiftrie and fubtlc 
 
 G 3 diftiuclions 5 
 
4,2 y ±miaiw]\i\i<)WYmanu ^uap. o. 
 
 diftirfaions, then may wee boldly cntervpona dangerous 
 fortforyoongNouices, whom neuerthclefle in thefe daies, 
 for (hew of their learning, Youths, wanton by their wits, 
 foolehardily rufli vpon,and that in their very a, £,-c,of Diui- 
 nitie, to their ruine and Churches difturbance : Andthefe 
 pfiftsS arcFirfl,Schoolemcn,Prr^r Lombard 3 Thonuu Aquinas s Sco- 
 chifmes Go- tMs i Bonaftentura J &. c DHrandHS. Secondly ,Catechifmcs,CW- 
 mentarics, mjitts,&c. Thirdly, Commentaries, Qaietanus.Terus, Tolet, 
 Hiftoncs, &c. Arias Mont anus 3 Stella, Vint us, lanfemus, r R^berus, & other 
 wkhPosli/s. Fourthly, H iftones, C<efarBaronws 3 Onuphrt- 
 Sixtut Senenfo us 3 Auguft.Stuchus, Platina, Anaftafius, & lacobus dej/ora- 
 ' gine, Fjftly, Gratiandccrees } Rajmondus Decretals, Clemen* 
 tins Conftitutionsjthe Extrauagants,the Epiftles of Romifli 
 Bifhops ; the Canon Law ; theGlofles and Commentaries 
 of the Canonifts », the A£h of late Councels , fet foorth by 
 Peter Crabbe, Marty rologies. Sixtly, Controueifies of /?<?£• 
 fenjts, Gregoriede Valentta, Stapletons,HoJtus, Eccws, Hard- 
 ingfBellarmine, with others , and thofe that haueanfwered 
 ThcholySpi- them. Befides all thefe helps,he muft haue to rule & direct 
 ric of God. him in thefe fubordinate meanes, the holy fpirit of God,the 
 onely true interpretour of the Scriptures, which are his 
 owne words? who is the fpirit of truth, leading and gui- 
 ding al his in the fame*, without which men for al the means, 
 may runne intoerrours , and grow into herefies : aboue all 
 the reft, this therefore pray for earneftly. 
 
 CHAP. VI IT. 
 
 Of gathering doElrines frcm the Text, 
 
 AFter interpretation Logicall, Grammatical^ and Rhe- 
 toricall, doubtfull things being refolued, and obfeure 
 madeplaine, followes the Collection of LefTons or Do- 
 VVhat a Do- c~trines, which are propositions drawne from the Scripture, 
 *tnne is. teaching fomewhat to be beleeued , onely for informing of 
 theiudgement. Heere flirt a Teacher muft begin tobuilde, f 
 that knowledge may goe before zeale to guide the fame: 
 this of fome is called the Didafcahke or Doclrinall part of a 
 
 Sermon, 
 
r ._. /—- 7 rj T> 
 
 Sermon, wherein a truth is deliuered and confirrncd : bv* 
 this we oncly leame to know and belccue. But to effect and 
 doe is another part ofthe Sermon, following vpon this: As 
 for example. This is aplaine Doctrine deliuered by the holy Obfc.ue welt 
 Gholt, £ro!t.z<). 18. Where there is no vijic:i,the people pcrifl}. what a do- 
 This onely informeth my judgement to take, knowledge of a: n ] e ,s * J" 3 " 
 athing,which is this : That rhey which wantthcpreach;ng t hcir°coiicat- 
 of Gods word, are in a fearefull efhte : it is neither exhorta- o;;s d ^.r.ixs, 
 tion, dehortation,reprehenhon,commandement, picmife, vvhich indeed 
 nor any fuch thing (tor thefe indeed areconfequents of do- P*°F*!y J* c . 
 brines.) Many fuch places be, which arc euidenc docTrines ^ butdi? 
 ofthemfelues :\Roman.8.j. l.Ccrrr.t.i.i^GaUt'a.^. i c.i i. cernerhe cui- 
 Hebr. i3.4./ > /rf/w.i9.i7.andathoufandmoe5 0utofwluch dent drfftren- 
 ifwepleale, we need not if and to make other collection of c " b ctweer.c 
 Doctrines (except from the emphafrscfa word , as an ob- L^ ^ 
 feruation by the way) but forthwith come to the vfe which d! c a didafca. 
 is to bee made thereof, after the words bee explaned, and a IwercVtj on 
 briefe Paraphrafc made thereon. As for example, take thefe Scripture 
 words of Salomon, Pronerb. 29.18. dtdrtie of it 
 
 They are a Do&rine of themfcluesas other Prou^rbes fcUe. 
 be: Heere then begin to expound the words thus : Where A particular 
 there is no i in the Hebrew it is onely , innot, a Prepofition "plan.atiS of 
 with an Aduerbe, in ftead of a Noune : meaning in the CU£l T wor<1 « 
 want, or in not hauing vifion. FiJion,th\s word is diuerfly ta- 
 ken in Scripture : firft for an ordinary meanes wherby God The diuers 
 reuealedhis will to his Prophets, as Numb. is. 6. and 24. 4. acceptions of 
 Secondly, for a more fpeciall manifeftins; of himfelfe to am ? r(J > and 
 rJ/^sWM, 12. 8. Thirdly, for the place of vifions, * ^ ame F °* 
 Ierufalem , EfitL 22. Fourthly and laftly, for the word of 
 the Prophets, the meffengers of God to his people, Efai,. 1 . 
 I. Obel'jh. 1. 1. whereby virion is meant prophecie, and Obediah, 
 virion and prophecie both one, 2 . Chr&n. 32.32. Aft, 2.17. 1 • 1 • 
 Seers and Prophets were one, i.&?;». 9.9. Preaching is alfo 
 called Prophecying, 1. Cor. 14.1.2.3.4. y.i 3. which irands 
 ^in the interpretation of the Scriptures/av^i 3 .or expound- 
 ing therof,z/^ 5. by words which may bevnderfrood.x'.Q. What prea- 
 tocdifie, exhort, comfort and inllrucl the Congregation, chingit. 
 
 G 4 vcrfm 
 
44 X lbejatibfuUobepbeara. <^nap.&. 
 
 After that the verf.$ .4.19. In this laftfenfe muft this word vifion be taken, 
 
 d.uers fignifi ; and not in any of the three former fenfes •, for this propofiti- 
 
 cation of the on j s g Cnera K andeuertrue $ but ifwe put in ftead of vifion, 
 
 ted\hehfec Hierufalem , it would bee abfurd to fay, Where there is no 
 
 downeonc Hierulalem, the people perifh : or vnderftand it of vifion. 
 
 proper and to Aaofes 7 ot the other which were but temporary ,6c are cea- 
 
 apt for ihe fed^muft therfore we pcriGi ? It is to beintcrpreted cherfore, 
 
 proouchov? P r caching, called virion and prophecieforthe excellcnciq 
 
 that/mdnot thereof ;(o do alfo the learned expound it. The people, thac 
 
 the other is is, perfons of all forts, and not only the ruder multitude •, the 
 
 t*u— ur t ^ ie wordisgenerall , and conteineth all. ^erijb , there is a 
 
 is noted** aVd fingularemphafisin this word, and therefore interpreters 
 
 how it femes diueifly tranflareir. Toceafeandleaue offj to decay •, to go 
 
 toihepiu- backe,torebeII, tobenaked, topenfh : allwhich doe well 
 
 P°fc- agree to this matter in hand. So it is as if Salomen had faici 
 
 tJ.i rtn fil C morear l ar g e i Where men arc without, and wane the true 
 
 mficant ° preaching of Gods word ; there all forts of men begin to 
 
 word?, accor- giue ouer good tbings,which before they delighted 1115 they 
 
 ding to the decay in graces,and fall backe : they become rebellious and 
 
 explanation, w j c j^ cc Hy difpofed, wherby they makethemfelues naked of 
 
 and empire's ail graces, yea of Gods fauour,expofingthemfelues to their 
 
 otibe words, fpintuall enemies , and fo perifh and come to ddhuction. 
 
 Thus you fee the doctrine cxplaned and enlarged by a pa* 
 
 raphrafe, to the capacity ofeuery one : whereof in the next 
 
 place are vies to b e made, and then as one tlnnkes good, he 
 
 may make fome ohfet uation belides, s after the explanation, 
 
 acception, emphafis,&c. 
 
 What it is to The gathering of a doctrine, is where the doctrine is not 
 
 gather a do- exprefled in the text, and is collected by goodconfequent 
 
 drine, and ne ceiTarilie. The doctrine is not to beewrithen from the 
 
 by what * ° rexc » as ** tne text werc ^rawen to tne Icflon , and not the 
 hclpes. doctrine from it ; but mult follow wftkccnfequentih \ fois 
 
 the collection aWnr©- and ^rc-.A™.™©-, which is by help of 
 Logicall affection of arguments •, from a generall to a fpeci- 
 all : from the whole to the parts : from the pitoper adiunct< 
 tothefubiect : and from the caufc, effect, fubiect, contra- 
 ries, comparats,definition and diftribution. As for example: 
 
 lercm. 
 
v^nap.o . lvcjauvjuuoncpneara. 45 
 
 *Urem. 31. 31. 1 mil mxk? <* new ccuenant ; out of w hich jthis 
 
 doctrine I gather from the adiunft : That the Law oiMofes Inflanccsof " 
 
 & .. . c ... . 7 . gathering ar- 
 
 was not to be perpetual!, but ror a time till an other come in guments Lo- 
 
 place thereof, Hebr. 1 3 . 4. Hence this doctrine arifeth : Ic gically. 
 
 is lawf ull for \linilters to marry, and their marriage is hono » 
 
 rable: which folio wes by iuit conlequent^j^r? adjpeciemi 
 
 and is as good a doctrine, as if it had becneTaid exprefly, the 
 
 marriage of Minifters is honorable, and the beoVndefiled. 
 
 And thus he that Co collects do6trines and deliuers them, is 
 
 to be heard as the mouth of God. Andhce that'thus can 
 
 doe, is an * Apoflos'm Gods Church , mightiein the Scrip- # , 
 
 tures , fhewing by Scripture that which he teachech , asitt. lencieo"" * 
 
 18. 24.28. ar.dfhallconuincetheconfciencesofgaine-fai- iudiriousand 
 
 ers, aiideilablifh thetrueth in the hearts of the beleeuers, a found Tea- 
 
 and bee bold to vrgeit vpon the hearers, as (peaking with cner - 
 
 Judgement from authority. 
 
 In gathering doc"trines(which may be diuers waies obfer- w , 
 
 ued) proceed in this order, which is both naturall , andfo colled do-° 
 
 helpeful! to memory, and alfo will occafion a man to thinke tfrines. 
 
 of many leflons. 
 
 I. From the occafion of that Scripture 5 as diuers occafi- Fir ^ 
 
 ons were of thePfa!mes y oi S. Pauls Epiftles j of the fpeeches From the oc- 
 of our Sauiour Chritt ; of the Sermons in the Alls 5 and cafion. 
 the fame of other Scriptures, fometimesone, fometimes 
 another, andfo accordingly may many doctrines bee ga- 
 thered. 
 
 I I. From the coherence (when it is) with the other words o ,, 
 
 . , 1 re Secondly. 
 
 m that place or Scripture. From the co- 
 
 if a Rcafon, it may teach to oh feme, thatareafonistobe hcrence 3 whc- 
 giuen of that which is deliuered for confirmation, and that a tnerit be a 
 bare aflertion without proofe is not fufficicnt. barc aftrm a- 
 
 If the matter be followed, but without any reafon annex- Jon.** nC2 ^ 
 ed , it may lliew the fame fufficiently prooued, and eafie to Froma rea- 
 bereceiucd. fon, or moe 
 
 Ifmoereafons be brought in, and the matter much vrged, r 5 afol ?.?f 
 and largely flood vpon, it argues the necellity ofthatpoint; J^Jj^tc 
 the earneft endeuour of the authour therein, and that ic is 
 
 H hardiic 
 
46 The faith full Shepbcctrd. Chap. 8. 
 
 hardly receiued of men as it ought , or eafily reiecled as it 
 
 ought not to be. 
 From a pic- If the words be a pretention cf an objection, we may ga- 
 ucmionofan t h er t h at j n teaching there is afwell required wifdometo 
 obieccion. ' r . V l o. c • j 
 
 preuenta roe,astoinltructainend. 
 
 From a con. If a conclusion-, a time to beobferued to end cueiy thing, 
 ckfion. wherein is wifdome how far to fpeake in a matter, and when 
 
 to conclude and be filent. 
 
 From a fimi« if t he words bea fimilitudetoilluftratethe matrerj itmay 
 
 note the obfeurity of the point handled, or the plaineand c- 
 
 uident dealing of the Authour, noting withall the kinde of 
 
 fimilitude, and whence it is fetched. 
 
 From exhor- Laftly, Iran exhortation, threat, promife, and fuch like, 
 
 cation. we may collect the vfe of them from that end , for which the 
 
 (pint vfeth them. 
 From com- Alfo from Commandement affirmatiue and exhortatii 
 mandemems. ons j that we are vnapt and (low to a thing. From Comman- 
 dement Negatiue and dehortation$ ouraptneffetoathing. 
 Withall prooue the exhortation to be necellary or denota- 
 tion , alio promifes and threats by other Scriptures and ex* 
 amples >and fliew wherin alfo the pronuies & threats made, 
 do lVand,and in what particulars. 
 Thirdly ,from 1 1 1, From thefcope and maine drift of the words, which 
 the fcope. doctrine is chiefe and principal! of that Scripture. As there 
 There is bus ' s Dllt onc driftjfo but one proper andmoftnarurall doctrine 
 e f a pj a c ej oiic°^ tnat P^ ace ) vvhich though it may beedeliuered inafew 
 fcope, & one words, yet k is contained fometimes in many, fornetimes in 
 proper do- fewer verfes or words. As for example, 
 iftrine or pro- j n handling the Epiftle to the lemons , after the Preface 
 Ofaoenerall t0 come to tne matter,we (hall findethe firft fcope and pnn- 
 proportion cipall p:opofltion,containing the fame to heih\$:Thattfcre 
 or ooctfi n e u but one way for all, lew or Gentile to attainefalpiation, cuen by 
 gathered out ,y^j tn Cbrift, wrought by the Goftdi y the power cf God to 
 words'from f a1 - ;iAtion •' whxh doJtrme is contained and followed" from 
 the moft the \6 ver/eoi the firlt Chapter, to the beginuingcf the 9/ 
 principal! chap, whereuntoali that is fpoken jj to be referred , as con* 
 icupc. taining reafans to confirmcthe lame. 
 
 But 
 
Chap, o . 1 be fat tb full dlwpbeani 47 
 
 But now heere note, as there is a general! fcope, and Co a Propotttions 
 
 generall do£frine 5 fo are there other proportions lelTc £e- f l '^°' tnnc f, 
 n u- t ,- j <- 1 leflceencrall, 
 
 neral! contained within the lame, and lerueto proouethe drawen froni 
 
 moregenerall ; the words hailing a general! fcope to proouc the words 
 
 likewife thefe leile generall propofitions. As to declare my which haue 
 
 meaning : The generall and principal! proportion yon a "j 010 r P c " 
 
 hcarewhatit is*, nowbefidcs, the Apoltle deliuers other ^ c y^ e> 
 
 proportions, Generall, as %om. 3.9. Au men are firmer s\ neral proneth 
 
 which doctrine is contained from the 18. verf. of thefirit the more 
 
 chap, to the 1 9 . verfe ofthe 3 . chap. Againe , that the workes general!. 
 
 of the Law ififtifie none : That faith alone wfiifieth. All 
 
 which proportions, as they proouethe principall fcope? fo 
 
 the verfes wherein thefe proportions are fetdowne, muft 
 
 yeeld thefe do&rincs, and the words muft bee applied to 
 
 prooue the fame. For wee cannot infer by a true immediate 
 
 confequent, the principal! propo/ition out of them , which 
 
 haue a more particular fcope. Againe, this is to be marked, Some verfes 
 
 that many things come into a difcourfe by the way, in hand- or words 
 
 ling of a matter, which are carefully to be obferued and taken whlchcome 
 
 heed vnto, which neither ferue to prooue, either the princi- p" ouc not ^ 
 
 pall fcope, or the lefle generall do&rines ; butcommingin other propo- 
 
 byway ofpreuentionor vpon other occafions haue (as I fci&ns either 
 
 may fay) their indiuiduate fcope : and fo their like diftinft S cner j*j ° r 
 
 and feuerall doctrines by themfelues, as Rom. 3 . 1.2. where ^aucTan efpe- 
 
 the fcope is not that allarefinners, but to (hew by way of pre- ciall drift as 
 
 uention 5 that though the Iewes afwellasthe Gentiles bee theoccafion 
 
 vnder fin : yet haue they their preferment aboue thefe : there *j> for which 
 
 is the fcope differing , the doctrine mult differ alfo. So the £,.*„ ^ and 
 
 v. 3. and 4. prooue not the prerogative of the Iewes , the f thereafter 
 
 fcope ofthe two fir ft verfe? : but are brought in by occafion is the doclrin 
 
 ofthe Apoftles owne words to preuent them. The purpofe thence to be 
 
 whereof is to (hew that God is true and iuft in his word and collc " ed - 
 
 promiie (though fome doe not beleeue the fame) and is noc 
 
 without effeel:. 
 
 ' Thus wee fee fcope vpon fcope in handling one chiefe 
 
 point ; where alfo wee vnderftand how the generall is ap- 
 
 proucd by the fpcciall: the fpeciall by the words which con- 
 
 H 2 taine 
 
48 The faithful! Sbepheard. Chap. 8. 
 
 taine the fame : lb alio will the words ofanindiuiduat proue 
 the fcope, and proportion gathered from thence : As for 
 example : <tAft. \ ^, 21 . 
 
 Which words containe rcafons why the beleeuing Gen- 
 (v" n a !ho 5 tiles in i'orne things mould reftraine their liberty tor the 
 rfie wbnls OVV weaker Iewes fake, who might be eafily offended : and hard- 
 prooucthe lyyet beedrawen to their liberty inCbrift by the impedi- 
 gencr.ll do- jntnts hcerein declared : it is the fpeciall fcope of thefetwo 
 dime or ver f e s 3 20. 2 1 . differing from that which went before, 
 tlut thefome -* ne do&rine is this : That theftronger is to beare with the 
 words a£. weal^er inindifferent things 5 when they fee reafons that as yet 
 foord fcuerall. JqqIJ, them in their weakneffe, till they be better inftruEhed :eue- 
 ieffonsagrcc- r j evvorc j C ontaineth a reafon to enforce this kflbntobere- 
 prfnapaUdo- ceiued of the Gentiles, in the Iewes behalfe. 
 drine and i • From the authority of their opinion , Mofes the man 
 
 fcope. of God. 4. From the antiquity of it. 3. From the genera- 
 
 lity thereof, in euery citie. 4. For that there be preachers and 
 vpholders of the fame. 5. They haue the letter plainely,for 
 that they hold. 6*. They fee yet a prefent publike obferuati- 
 on of Mofes , euery fabbath. Therefore fithencethey haue 
 fuch pulbackes , reafons yet to withhold them , they are a 
 while to be borne withail : and the liberry of the ftronger for 
 feare of offences,to be reftrained. 
 
 The fcope thus we fee, and the words to containe reafons 
 and arguments to enforce the fame, out of which arguments 
 many doctrines may bee gathered agreeing vnto the fcope : 
 Asthw: 
 
 Opinions of great perfons once generally receiued are of 
 great authority to bind men vnto them,and hardly can they 
 be induced toforfake the fame. 
 
 That antiquity, and fo cuftome , in any religion holds fo 
 Fourthly. profeflbrs to like thcreof,as they will hardly lee their errors, 
 
 n« oYdeluie" and ^^ t0 3 manifeft tructn of ,ate Come to Ij g h t , and 
 rfagthe* * " knowen butto fome. Andfoof all the reft of the former 
 words Gram- reafons may thus leflons be gathered fitly , toinformeour 
 matically,and judgements from the fcope. 
 
 Rhetorically. jy^ J r0 m the maner of deliuering the words, by a « 
 
 Grammatical! 
 
Grammatical El! ipfis, note the celerity of afFL&ion or bre- 
 nicy thereof, as Gene/, 11.4. All. 5. 54. JE:.r<w/. 22.23. 7 fa/. 
 6. 3. And fo alio the vie of Grammatical! figures approued. 
 By enallage of tence,note the ccrtaintie of the thing, Gen. 1 6. 
 3. 8fci>9> 6- and ii. 9. By iterating of Noune Subftantiues 
 in the fame Cafe, (lie weth either : 
 
 'an Emphafis, Pfal. 133.2. Lv\ 6.42. 
 lor a multitude, Gen. 32.1 6. 
 
 ►oradiftnbudon, 1. Chr.i6.t$.Le.ij.$.%.Chr.i<ji.f. 
 ,or clfe diuerfitie and variety, Pf.n.ii,. Pro.20. 1 o. 
 By iterating the lame fubftantiuesin conduction in the 
 fingular number, they note an Emphafis and certainty, Exo. 
 3 1.1/. CMicheasz,^, in the plurall an excellency, Tf.1^6, 
 2 . Eccle . 1 2. 
 By repeating of the Verbe may be taught an Emphafis, 
 Corvehemency, ^Gen.z.iy.Efa^-o.z.&.^6,^, 
 ^or certainty, > r Pr.$o.2i.P J r .ic9.ioJer.ji.i6. 
 £or celerity, )^2. King.^. 10, Pr oh, zy.z^. 
 By repeating of Adie&iues is (hewed an amplifying, en- 
 creafing, or extolling of the thing, ler, 24. 3 . Efa.6.3. %**• 
 34. 6. ler. 7.4. &, 22. 29. 
 
 By iterating of a Coniun&ion, vehemency. JE^.i 3 .9. 
 By repeating of a Sentence is fet out either : 
 -adiftribution,as i^.46.21. 
 |orEmpha/is,i'AW. 12.50.PyT145.18.and 124.1. 
 >oritis for Explanation,/ 5 /; 2. 3. 
 .or for Confirmation of the matter, Pf, 3 3 . 1 1 . 
 By an ironicall fpeech, a reprehenfion and the vfe thereof. 
 By interrogation, a vehement affirmation,GV». 47. Ioftta 
 1 o. 3 o. ludg. 4. 6. Ioh. 4. 3 5 . 
 
 or Negation, Gen.i 8.4. Matt* 12.25. 
 or prohibition,?//?/. 79. 10. z.Sam, 2.22. 
 or diuers affections, as admiration, pitie : complaint, 
 ler. 14^19. Matt. 23 . 3 7. 
 
 or reprehenfion, 7^. 8. 1 o. Efa. 1 . 21 . Pfa.22.1 , 
 So doth an Exclamation note as much. 
 By Concefuon notea negation and reprehenfion, 2. Cor, 
 
 H 3 12.16. 
 
50 1 he fattbfull bbeapberd. Chap. b\ 
 
 1 6. And by all thcie the vfe of Rhctoricke is confirmed. Al- 
 io from promises or threats conditionally-deliuered^nd the 
 end therefore. Oik ofall thefe (nothing in Scripture being 
 in any maner vainly vtrered) fome good obfertiation may 
 be made. 
 Fifdy, from V. From the order of the words as they be placed (ei- 
 thc order of t her one partof thediuifion, or one word) beroreor after 
 
 them and fo Opening of the eies fa before turning , doth teach that 
 ofthepam of knowledge goeth before repentance. But heerethe nature 
 the diuifion of the thing isto beconfidered,and other reafons of fo pla- 
 o. the text. c j n g t ^ e rnajtef^ whether naturall order be kept or no. For 
 fpokenidlv as no ' mn g {S fpoken idly , fo nothing is placed rafhly by the 
 either for'' pen man of Godsfpirit in the Scripture. Wee in ordinary 
 matter or talke, ferioully fpeaking and wifely, will neuer mifplace our 
 tr.anci- in words wittingly in weighty matters. God difpofeth of our 
 turl CUi " wotdSyProuerb.iS. i. much more of the Canonicall and ho- 
 ly Writers pen. 
 Sixtly, from VI. From the.coupling of words andfentences :by Co- 
 coupling of p U l a tiue Coniun&ions , mewing the parts to bee both true 
 Fnt nces or togetherabfblutely, and notfeparably in that matter or cir- 
 difioining' of cumftance,as Ecclef. \z. 1 3. thefeare of God and keeping 
 them. the Commandements are infeparable, PfaL 3 4. 21 . both the 
 
 parts true. See Pfal. 33.17. CMatth. 1 o. 1 . 
 
 From difiuncltiue Coniun£fcions,(hewing that but one of 
 
 the words or fentences is true, or fo to be in either , but not 
 
 both, as the place intendeth . 
 
 Seuenthly, VII. From the feuerall words : for God puts not only 
 
 from the fc- matter into the mindes of the Writers , and directs them in 
 
 uerall words t h cm aner, but alfo guides them in fettine it downewith 
 
 nnp hv nr»p_ -. * » _ _ a _ 
 
 one 
 
 and this is' words,/*ra*.i.p. 2.^w^/2 3.2.0urSauiourextends the 
 diuerlly done truth of the Word to an iota, oratittle,^/^//?.5.i8.fofub- 
 How many ftantiall is euery thing which therein is fet downe. 
 waies obfer. Now t his coining of ieflbns from the words is diuerlly 
 
 uationsmay 1 
 
 bee gathered do " e * r „ r . 
 
 from the Firlt/rom the naturall and tnoft proper fignincation, and 
 
 words. emphafisoftheword. 
 
 Secondly 
 
Cha p. 8. The faith full Shef>heard+ 5 1 
 
 Secondly, from the figuratiucvfc thereof, containing 
 Tome metaphor or other trope. 
 
 Thirdly, from the Grammaticall ad (ignirl cation of the 
 number, as the Apcltle doth to the Galath. 3.1 6. So of the 
 Cafe, Gender, and Tence, (peaking in the Prefent, Perfect, 
 or Future tencc. This is Mufcnlm courfe,obferuing that he Mulcu 
 faith not thus and thus: but fo and ib; and thence colJe&eth 
 leflbns. 
 
 Fourthly/rom a Logicall affection ofa word ; to another 
 thing, as a caufe, effect, lubieft , adjunct, and fo foorth. 
 
 Fiftly,by makinga queftionoutofthewords,andanfve- 
 ring the fame ; which anfwer being prooued,muftftand for 
 ado£rrine,and maybe cle-luered in a proportion. This way 
 was praftiled by the reuerend man M. Perkitis. M. Perkins. 
 
 VIII. From thecircumftance5:Firft of the timerfth-itgdo, Eightly, f r «m 
 flay, night, winter, fummerjprefentjpalt or futuie,fitjincon- c,rcu " 1 ^ in% ' 
 uenienr,aduerfeor profperous:^/*.W/#,how Iongor fhort*, ^'^JL ° 
 once or often, Heb. 12.26.27. 
 
 2. From the perfon, God, Angels, Men; Diuell,and ill Secondly of 
 Angels and Men; publike and generall as Adam and Abra- the p«fon. 
 ham 5 or priuate, ordinary or extraordinary : Sex, man, wo- 
 man, age, birth, country, eltate, place or calling in Church 
 
 or Common- weale : qualities or minde or body , good or 
 bad, clec^ ot reprobate. 
 
 3. From the place: heauen,earthorhcll : Tea, land: ho-ThirJfv d 
 ly,*prophane : large or itrait: common or proper, and fo the place, 
 foorth. 
 
 But heere note, in gathering leftbns from examples, toNorcn difo- 
 make a difference betweene the perfon of Chrilt and men. ^ 
 Our Sauiours example eucr good for inftruction ; y*tnot ani 
 inall things imi able, as whathedidanrifpakeasGod, and the 
 what appertained to his proper office and Mediatourfhip. of all oil 
 So men may bee good , as yet often they doe ill 5 wee muft r 
 therefore conlider the a6t or fpeech ot the perlon ; and then 
 the perfon himfelfe , with all thecircim.ltancesofthefarre 
 before noted ; and logather thedoclrire, els may weeire, 
 and culled that, which by judicial] examination will not 
 
 H 4 ftaud, 
 
Ninthly. 
 From the di- 
 ucrfinc of 
 matter con- 
 tained in the 
 words. 
 
 Whence to 
 begin and 
 what it is to 
 handle a 
 common 
 place. 
 
 5 2 The. faith full Sbepbzard. Chap. 8. 
 
 * ftand,nor be found found and approoueable. 
 
 IX. From the matter contained in the words $ Ecclefi- 
 afticall. Political)-, Domefticali, and f'o from the Echicks, 
 NaturallPhiloiophie, Mathematicks, and Arts or Science 
 therein conteined . As for example. Pjli.72. 1 . G'me thy indge- 
 tnenttothe King, o God , and thy right eoufnejfe to the Kings 
 Sonne. Heeix to take occafion to fpeake or politicke go- 
 vernment. GW;from this to handle that point of Diuinity 
 concerning God. Right eoufnejfe : from this to fpeake of Di- 
 uine, Morall,and Chrilban Righteoufneffe. (Sonne: ) from 
 this to fpeake of Oeconomicks fomewhat. And lb likewife 
 out of any text to fall into a Common place j which is to 
 handle a thing by the definition, diltribntion, caufe, effect, 
 by the agreeablenes wither difagreeing from other things : 
 all which are to be proued by Scripture, reafon, and teftimo- 
 nies*,andfo mud be in fteadof doclrinesj whereof vfes mnfl 
 be made as of collected Ieflbns 5 to conuince the falfe defini- 
 tions and diftributions ; toinftrucl forpra6tife,and correct 
 vice by the fame 5 and to comfort as the matter (hall feme. 
 
 The common maner of proceeding into a Common 
 place, is by thefe formes c (as) Heere let vs fee what this is : 
 (or) Wehaueoccafion hencctofpeakeoffuchamatter,and 
 fo foorth. But yet it is not conuenient to take euery where 
 occafion to Common place vpon anie word, but vpon fuch 
 as the text may well affoord , when the people neede to be 
 enformed thereof as yet ignorant, being an vncatechifed 
 Congregation : or when fome notable vice is commonly 
 committed, and neceflarily to be corrected : or fome godly 
 duty to be commended , which happily is made then no ac- 
 count of, or contemned, as is the preaching of the Word, 
 and fuch like. 
 
 X. From a thing by proportion and refembJancetoan 
 from a thin* other, zsHeb. 1 1 . i . as Abraham left his naturall country. at 
 by (imilitude Gods bidding, to enioy Canaan ; .( o mult we this world, to 
 and propoi ti- inherit heauen. And fuch Ieflbns may be followed and vr- 
 on# ged , where good reafon may bee giucn of a true proporti- 
 
 on betweene things compared ;as &4brahamfo\y hecre may 
 
 be 
 
 When to 
 common 
 place. 
 
 Tenthly. 
 
C>hap, d. l befatwjuu-dbepbeard. 5 ^ 
 
 be for cuerie Chriftian? and Canaan was a true type of 
 Heauen. 
 
 Thus wee fee how weemay make an Allegoric, which is How:* A!!c- 
 not fimplie vnlawfullj for the Apoftle doth allegorize, gonzc law- 
 i.Cor.2.9. And it is but an argument dra wen from a fimili- fully. 
 - tude, when the words are expounded my ftkally,othcrwife 
 than the literali fenfe doth aftoord. 
 
 But in gathering allegories: Firft, gather themafterthe Fiuethincrsto 
 true and naturall fenfe bee deliuered, andnotbefore. Sc- beobferucd 
 condly, let them not be too farre fetched, drained, obfcure, in allegori- 
 orfoolifh : but agreeing with the Analogie of Faith, ando- * in *- 
 thermanifeft Scriptures. Thebeft Allegorizing is when the !» 
 parts of the allegonemay bee referred toother Scriptures, 
 fpeaking ofthe fame properly,as Matt.i 6. ^tf.andfo forth. Aniftance of 
 Where Chriftmay referable euery paftor: Peter, lames, ™ aIlc S one - 
 and lohn, Chriftian pwkftonrs.Gethfamene, the Congrega- 
 tion 5 their fleepc, finne 5 Indus, the diuell. 
 
 The proportion then is this : As the Difciples in Gethfa- 
 menC) though warned to watch and pray till ChrilTscom- 
 ming to them againe , yet fellfoone afleepe: and had not 
 Chrifr, returned and awaked them, Iudas and his traine 
 fuddenly had feazed vpon them. Eueo fo, though a Pallor 
 teach his flocke, and forewarncthem, and leaue them but a 
 while to themfelues> they will foonefallto finne, and bee 
 fuddenly ouertaken ofthe diuell and his inltruments , if hee 
 come not eftfoo.nes againe to call them , andftirre them vp 
 to godlineiTe. This allegorie is true, and apt \ for Chriftis The parts of 
 called a Paftour; the three Difciples were Chriftians ; finne theallegoiie 
 is called flcepe, %om, 1 3 . and Indas a diuell •, men are apt to m " ft hc P roo ~ 
 iinne,asto fleepe*, and the abfenceofaPaftor very perilous. a ! t f lorm h c 
 Pr0#.2o.i8.foasthisagreethwith other Scriptures and the Scripture. 
 Analogie of Faith. Thirdly , handle an allegoric briefly , 
 and vfe them not too often. Fourthly, let the vfeand end be 
 ^br inftru&ion of life, but not for any proofe of doctrine. 
 Fifrly, let the ancient, graue, and wife collect them. It is 
 not a fafe way for yoong beginners not well excrcifed in 
 the Scriptures , and grounded in the trueth. Allegories are 
 
 I delightfull 
 
Power waks 
 an allegoric 
 may be rai- 
 ded. 
 
 54 The fait! full Sbephedrd. Chap. 8. 
 
 delightfull , and therefore yoi-th Will (as Trray fay) Ufa- 
 aire, foonewaxe wanton immoderately hcerem, and Tom 
 (lead of vfing, abufe the Scripture. 
 
 Allegories may be gathered diner fly. 
 Firft,from names,and {ignificationtherfore ; as Beelzebub 
 prince of Flies, the Diuell, Hence this allegorie. As great 
 flies, but eafilie blowing vpon ficfh in warme weather , in- 
 fects it , and makes it more and more craule with gentles : 
 io doth the diuell by blading of our foules with fuggefhons 
 in time of profpeiitie,£cc. But note hecre , with the nature 
 and fignification confider the nature of that whence it is ta- 
 ken (as you fee from this ) and alfo the nature of that where- 
 unto it is applied. 
 
 Secondly, fromHiftories, taking occafion ofren from 
 the name, as Luke 8.41 .49 .J 'airus fignifieth one inlightned*, 
 hearing of Chrift , feekes to him in hope of hclpe; but 
 whileft he is praying, comes the diuell or hisinfhument, 
 and interrupts and would withdraw him to giue ouer 5 but 
 tliat Chrift lefus verf. 3-0. comforts him, and giues him in- 
 couragement to beleeue, and fo foorth. In ftories. where the 
 places feeme not to affoord much matter , there men haue 
 accuftomed to gather an Allegorie , as Genef. 27. 14. 1 / . 1 6. 
 17. Luke ip.2. 3.4. andverf. 29.30.3 1.32.33. 34. and4j\ 
 and fuch like. 
 
 Thirdly, from thofe Scriptures, where the words haue a 
 
 fhew of an vntrueth in the letter, andmuftbeevnderftood 
 
 ccs of Scrip- figuratiuely, asP/Q/.o.^.which Chrift literally taken ne- 
 
 From Hifto- 
 ncs. 
 
 From what 
 places chiefly 
 the Ancient 
 hauevfedto 
 gathei alle- 
 gories. 
 
 From fome 
 certaine pia- 
 
 ture, hauing 
 a ftiew of er- 
 ror or of ab- 
 furdity. 
 
 uerdid,/y^/.i 18.22. Efat 11.^^^.21.44.^4 1 2. and fuch 
 like 5 where the literall fenfe feemeth to inferre an abfurdi- 
 tie, as 3^>zw. 12.20. Mar k.i 1.1 3.1 4. Luk-6. 29.30. where 
 the matter in the literall fenfe may feeme in regard of the 
 bafeneiTe thereof, to derogate from the wifdome of the pen- 
 man ; whofe excellencie of vnderftanding and calling can- 
 not but per£wade vs of a farther and more excellent matter^ 
 then the letter barely intendeth. Like wife Ioh.^. ^^.Rom. 1 3 . 
 IT. 12. 1. Cor. 3. 12. fo many places in the l^rouerbes&s cap. 
 24.30 .chap. 6. 9. chap. o. j. 2.3.&C and 2/. 1 6. Dent. 25.$. 
 
 All 
 
Chap, 8. TM fakhpJi SbcpheanL 55 
 
 All thefe hauc a further meaning then the letter. 
 
 Moreoucr, where the words be typicall: eitherin pre-p. omD |, ces 
 cept, as Sxod.22. iS .1 9. Leu. 12. .2 3. or Examples in vf in*- Typical 
 bam, Cjcr..iz.Iofua, Samp/on, Dautd>xnd others. 
 
 XI. Laftly, from Similitudes may lelTons be gathered, Elcuemhly& 
 and that two waies, l*My. 
 
 Firff, from the drift whereto it is brought : and then from , ; l °T l ' 
 the very letter and thing it felfe , whence the iimilitude is 
 made without regarding the fiuuiic : as if it were a plainc 
 narration : as Gal.^. 1.2. 
 
 The fcopeisto (hew by thefimilitude, that the Law of An example, 
 dd makes not free, but keepes in bondage : for it doth 
 with vs as tutors and gouernours dowithanhcire being a 
 childe 5 eucn keepe them vnder as a feruant. 
 
 The leilon from the fcope is : thattheLawis feruitude, 
 and freeth not, neither can it, more then tutors a childe : but 
 is at the fathers appointment. 
 
 From the letter this ieiTon. Thata wifeanda ^odly fa- 
 ther will bring vp his childe well, though he be his only fon 
 and heire, vnder tutors and gouernours. For we muff know 
 that the thing, from whence thefimilitudeis fetched, is the ... 
 fame in it felfe, for which it is brought to illuftrate another, t^f^" 
 Ifthe wrath of a King be fearefull as the roaring of a Lion : ra'efi, vb'tlo- 
 as Salomon faith, then a Lions roaring is fearefull. fifh*. 
 
 This collecting of IcfTons from a Similitude , is not onely ^i'""-' natura * 
 when it is largely fet downe,but euen contained in one word g " ™ 1C f S r 
 by a Metaphor; as when aMinifteriscalleda fhepheard; caiUrgcin& 
 and a beleeuer a fheepe \ a wicked man a dogge 5 we may fuch a fimilL 
 note the nature of the thing whence the fimihe is drawen : "de, as is 
 and fo farre as it may well agree to the thing to w-hichit^ ° m 
 
 is brought, applie the fame in thefeuerall properties to it as QtmiaMSr 
 doctrines, but then proue them in the application and make mffi*. 
 vfe th ereof. Jlom may we doe m Parables. 1° Capi Simi- 
 
 * Firftmarke the fcope andthelelTons thence, and then™ 7 ' 4, ... 
 from rhe letter: But yet beware we gather notlelTons from yocollttf 
 euerie thing therein*, fo many abfurdities might follow : nei- Uflbns from 
 cher intended in the fcope and fpirituall fcofc, nor in the Parables. 
 
 I 2 letter 
 
56 The fakhfull SbepbearJ.- Chap. 8. 
 
 lettertrue: as in the Parable of r Dines, it is faid,he fpeakes 
 
 in hell, and hath a tongue, vs'hich is not true. Many things in 
 
 Parables may befuppofed , as if it werefo to teach a truth 
 
 by a feigned thing. 
 
 Or' Tyoicall Typical places, as Similics and Parables Jiaucalfo a dou- 
 
 piaces/ ble fenfe , literall and fpirituall. Many of the chiefeft and 
 
 Tlnee forts heads of the Iewes,were types of Chriil. The Iewes in pro- 
 
 S ,L -' Tire a fy cnt > c & aduerfitie, their bleflings and curfes, and muc h of 
 
 haue a doubk- their fcruice typicall to vs : and therefore double obferuati- 
 
 fenfe,Similies, ons may be thence made. And thus much how to gather 
 
 Parables, and Dofttine. 
 
 1 ypica p a- x$ gw f the ddmery and proofs oft be D oElrines : wherein 
 
 Seu'en things l* Follow yourdiuifion, and gather the doctrines as the 
 
 to be obfer- parts doe lie in order : for therefore is the diuifion made. 
 
 uedm deliue- J I, Before orafterthe doctrine bedeliuered, lay open 
 
 ring a Do- fa e g rC und thereof, that it may cui Jently appeare how it a- 
 
 proouin* the r ^ ecn : tms * s much to perfwade,tobeleeue and embrace the 
 
 fame fame : now this eafily may be done by a fhort pai aphrafe. 
 
 Ground of HI. Collect fuchonely as aptly may be collected : and 
 
 the Dodrine f tne f e : Firil, what are well know en , .note them onely in 
 
 B^nbva a-°' few words , and but point as it were at them. Secondly, the 
 
 ranhrafe if more feldome and rare, and withall profitable, them onely 
 
 need be. profecute largely. Euerie text hath fome certaine words 
 
 What Do- and circumftances more Emphaticall than the reft. Third- 
 
 clnncs toga- j vvnat f ocuer ma vbce aboue the capacitie of the hearers, 
 
 to enlarge. orait tnat - Ail men are not apt for euery thing, loh. 1 6. 12. 
 
 1 . (for. 3.1,2. there is beginning, growth, and doctrine for 
 
 both. Fourthly, euerie thing inconuenient to be vttered,in 
 
 refpect oftime, place, andperfon,istobewithfilencepaf- 
 
 fed ouer : heerein is a Miniitcrs wifdomc well feene. 
 
 DoSrines I y. All Doctrines mult be found and good. 1 .Tim.q. 6. 
 
 muftbevery l 10 l e f ornc words according to godlincfTe, 1. Timoth.6.^. 
 
 Whauhinos vncorrupt. Tic. 2. 7. profitable, Tit. 3.6. ftanding in faith 
 
 to be auoided and charitie , i.Timoth. 1. 1 3. Wee muft auoid carefullyt 
 
 in preaching, prophane, Iewifti, arid old wiues fables, 1 .Timoth.^.y. do- 
 
 ting,foolifh, and vnlearned queftions , 2.7**»*2.2 3.ftrife a- 
 
 bout words, 1 .Tim.6^ Commandements of men , which 
 
 turnc 
 
Chap. 8. TliefaithfullSbepheard. 57 
 
 turne away from the truth, Tit. 1.14; Genealogies, conten- 
 tions, brawlings about the law 5 and whatfoeueris vnprofi- 
 table, which procureth enuie,ingendreth ftrife,railing. ill fut- 
 mifes*, which alfoperucrterh the hearers, incrcafeth to more 
 vii2;odlincfte, prophaneanci vaine bablings, i.Timot. 7.16, 
 and vvhatibeucr vvorketh annoiance to gttaly peace. 
 
 Now that the doctrine may be found & true: Firft ponder |^* £*" 
 itwcUbefofeit be deliuered. Secondly , examine it' by the io \' lnc j d ^ 
 former rules, the Scripture and Analogic of Faith. Thirdly, arine. 
 fee the judgement of all found ancient and late Writers 
 •thereupon. Fourthly, let it not be a point in contrbuerfie vn • 
 determined of the Church ; fonts hard to define a truth in 
 matters difputableand not certainly concluded vpon.Fi/}/;,HuiIl grounds 
 let none of thefc things bee the t groundof our opinions, to to build 
 broach them to the people j no mans bare alTertion without v P on - 
 fubttantiall proofe,oid cuftome, eftimanon ofmens learning 
 and holineile, good intent, carnall reafon , nor f tlfe conceit, 
 where the word warrants not. Thefc may not lit downe to 
 ieach in Mofes chair c, nor beare any fway ra the Lords mat- 
 ters, concerning his worfhip and his feruice. 
 
 V. The doctrine being true and found 5 Firft] deliueritHowa do- 
 to the people grauely, with deliberate audible voice,and di- L ^ n me IS ro ^ c 
 flinft found in the words, not forcing it as in exhortation. e '' 
 There is one voice and fpeech for doctrine , another for ex- 
 hortation, threats and dehortations. The nature of things 
 muft diftinguifhtheaclionandpronuntiation. To bee loud 
 in doctrine & low in exhortation, or alike in bbthjs to make 
 difcord bctweene the mattcrand proper maner, belonging 
 thereunto. Secondly -, let the doctrine be a fhort propofition, 
 deliuered in few, proper and fignificant words •, vfingas 
 neereas poffiblie may bee, the phrafe and words of Scrip- 
 ture ; auoid all obfeure tearmes,not vfuall,alfo words doult- 
 flill, left either the matter bee notvnderftord or miftaken. 
 s And therefore if any words bee fo by neceflity orvhawares 
 vttcred, expound your meaning before you doe leaue them, 
 that the doctrine may goe for currant. 
 
 V t After fo deliuered, fhewfometimes the reafon why 
 
 I 3 it 
 
Three things 
 to eftablifh 
 the truth of a 
 doftrine. 
 Fir ft a rcafon 
 of the do • 
 clrine. Then 
 aproofeof 
 the fame do- 
 6trin e from 
 the word. 
 Avd thirdly 
 an example 
 to inihnce 
 the fame. 
 For this fee 
 DodWillet 
 pra&ife *pon 
 lude. 
 
 By what to 
 continue do- 
 ctrine, and 
 how to dealc 
 in bringing 
 in a proofe. 
 
 Too many 
 quotations to 
 proouc one 
 thing not 
 good as it is 
 nowvfed. 
 
 Wow to 
 proone the 
 doctrine if 
 thoucanft 
 not find an 
 euidentand 
 plaine place 
 for it. 
 
 5 8 TJxfakbfull Sbepbcard. Chap. 8. 
 
 it is or ought to be fo, but euerprooue it, ( except it be a 
 maine principle fufficiently knowen and approoucd ) fer 
 the hearers are not bound to receiue our bare affirmations 
 or negations without warrant. Inftance the truth ofthedo- 
 clrine,fornetimeby an example : to make it more euident? 
 as fpcaking ofFeare : The doctrine being this : The Feare of 
 Godefcheweth euill: This may beprooued/V<;#. S.Prou. i/. 
 an inftance, loh. 1.2. lofeph. 
 
 Confirme the doctrine by Canonicall Scripture, Nebem. 
 
 6 8. y^#.iS. 2 8. and out ofplaine places, without any orleaft 
 obfeurity, but ifany be obfeure, explane the fame ; and en- 
 large alfo the proofe to declare how it confirms the doctrine 
 dcliuered,aptly and not drained, which will thusappeare,if 
 the place of proofe will thence affoord thefamedoclrineto 
 be collected, for which its brought foorth to conflrme an o- 
 ther Scripture. Let the proofe be in the fenfe, and not only 
 in the bare fhew of the letter, and recite either the whole, or 
 but fome part of the place, as much as feruesforthe purpofe 
 in hand ; to auoid tedioufneiTe to the hearers , & to preuent 
 forgecfulneile of thine owne matter in hand , 'vfe not many, 
 but few pregnant proofes : by two or three witnefTes, cuery 
 truth is confirmed. 
 
 There is a new vpftart quotingof Scripture now vfed, 
 Chapter and Verfe for euery word : It is an irreuerentabufe, 
 a fuperfluous and prophane tolfingofthe Scriptures, with- 
 out profit to the hearers 5 whofe vndcrftanding can neither 
 conceiue them , nor memory beare them away. Pride the 
 inuentor, to publifh the excellency of memory, feeking 
 praife from Gods gift, and making admirable his naturall 
 worke by abufing his word, like ludaffe in fhew of loue to 
 kilTe him, whileit in kiffing they betray him. It is not poffi- 
 ble (efpecially for the yonger fort , whofe vanity jt is for 
 the mofi part) for to haue ferioufly confideredof fo many 
 Scriptures, how aptly and truely they bee alleged for the< 
 purpofe. 
 
 If you haue no plaine place,prooue it by neceflary confe- 
 cpent out of other Scriptures, by Logicall reafomns;, from 
 
 fknifecation 
 
Chap. y. 1 befaitbfuUdbcPbeard. 59 
 
 fignification ofa word, from Grammatical! adfignification, 
 
 from a principle of Religion, and fofoorth. Addethcrunto j r . , , 
 
 tefhmony of Fathers and famous Diuines, confenr of Chur- ctnnc j n co ^. 
 
 ches, Councels,and confcflionofaduerfanes , for the better troucrfie,and 
 
 perfwaciincrofche hearers, if jr be thought conuenient or ne- bdorea Icar- 
 
 ceilary. For chefe hclpcmuch to perfwadc to the truth firft ncd audjror >- 
 
 confirmed by the Word, though their authority be nothing 
 
 behdes the Word in matters 01 n , much IciTe in any 
 
 thing to beallcgcdandoppofcdagainltthe truth approued 
 
 by holy writ. 
 
 V 1 1. After all this, then exhort to the Unbracing ofthis Exhortation 
 doctrine, as being the truth, and vrge the force of the proofs ypon the 
 brierly,to perfwade a conftant holding of the fame 5 if it be a ■ 
 doctrine oppugned, or wherein the people ftand wauering; 
 els it is needleiTe fofarrc to vrge euery doctrine, or to exhort 
 fotothat which already is beleeued and receiuedfor a ccr- 
 tainetruth. 
 
 Note that euery doctrine may bee brought to fomeprin- A note. 
 <:iples of Religion , Ccmmandement , Articles of Faith, 
 or Petition in the Lords Praicr , as TZerhufim in his Pod ill 
 fheweth. 
 
 Thus much of collections of Doctrines, wherein wee fee Much is re- 
 what profound knowledge in Scripture for gatherings of quired to b«c 
 Doctrines , and confirming them by proofes is required of a . c to r 5 ach 
 theMinifter, and what a ftudent, and how well read hee foundly. 
 ought to be in authors, to fee their iudgements, that he may 
 become exact in this point •, to informeand confirrnemen 
 in the truth , and to fettle them in Religion without wa- 
 
 uering. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 Of making vfe of the doElrine, [hewing what 
 tadoewitbit. 
 
 > A Fterthedeliuery of the Doctrine, enforming the au- Howtomake 
 jTYditory that there is f ch a thing, and what it is, follows w f Qoi thc 
 the vfe necciTarilie : that the hearers may know what to do 
 With that which thsyfo vndeifhnd. Thcfe two cannot in 
 
 I 4 nature 
 
60 TliefaithfuUSbepbeard* Chap. 9. 
 
 nature be fundrcd, nothing can be taught but there is an vfe 
 and end therof $ andthefebediftinctin nature; the doctrine 
 goes before, and the vfe comes after. A lcflbn without vfe, 
 is as a deuifed thing idly without cnd.And it is leile cunning 
 to giue a precept, than to fhew aptly the vfe thereof. Wee 
 mull: therefore firft in eueryc< Scripture (hew the doctrine 5 as 
 laying a ground of our fpecch, and thereon build the vfe for 
 further edification. 
 Pourckindes Thevfes which are to bee made of doBrines are principally 
 o tvks t the fe four e, as it is, 2 .Tim. 3 . 1 6. Rom. 1 5 . 4. 
 
 Of the vfe Redargutiue. * 
 Redargutiuc. I. The firft is Redargutiue, when the doctrine is vfed to 
 confute and ouerthrow an error or herefie , contrary to that 
 truth in the doctrine. And this is the duty of a Teacher ;the 
 Prophets vfed it, Efay^. our Sauiour Chrilt, Matth. 5. e£* 
 6. & 15. againftfalfc interpretations, traditions, and againft 
 falfe opinions. Matt.zi. SolikewifetheApofHes,^#.i7. 
 2 . & 9. 29 , and heerein he mult haue ability ,Tit. 1 .9. 
 In conuincing the aduerfiries. 
 fcue things to 1 . To do them no wrong, lay downe their errour truly 
 be done faith- anc i briefly, as it is held by them , expounding the meaning 
 fully to con. an( j Jjftjng-uifhino; of the words from their ownebeft ap- 
 uince an Ad- . & . » r ir • 1 -v 1 • •* 
 
 uerfary. prooued Writers, itany obicurity beeinit,or ambuguitie 5 
 
 that fo the matter bee not miftaken, nor the Aduerfary haue 
 occafion to cauill and denie thepofition. 
 
 2. Not to make it groiTer nor more abfurd than it is,fhew 
 wherein wee confent, and how far we may approoue of that 
 opinion. Thiscourfe will thewour faithfull dealing, allo- 
 wing truth in all things, andineuery one, and chat we wil- 
 fully diiTent not whet e wehaueiuit caufe to agree. 
 
 3. Note our diiTent, and wherein wee differ, and they 
 miftake the matter ; (hewing pur leafons for the truth (as 
 I haue declared in confirmation ofa doctrine) and bring in 
 withall, the forcible!!: obiect ions which the Aduerfaries* 
 
 b aions S ^o rra ^ €a o a ^ n ^ VSj to gainfay that wee hold. For there are 
 bee made and two forts of objections 5 one which the Aduerfary vfeth a- 
 anfwered. gainft vs to hinder our confirmation, and to weaken the rea- 
 
 fcns 
 
rv - J"— j r 
 
 Ions which webringfor the truth we hold. The other which 
 they make againft our arguments in confuting their errors. 
 The obie&ions we mult anfwer, according as they be made; 
 fome from the Scrip tu resfome from the teitimonies of men, 
 Fathers, and Councels , and withall to weigh what may 
 apparently bee excepted againftour anfwer, and preuenc 
 that. 
 
 4. The difference being cleere beweenvs, confute their Wwhwh.it 
 error. Firfl, by expretle words of Scripture. Secondly, by to confute an 
 rcafons drawen from Scripture. Thirdly , from a principle errour. 
 
 of Religion. Fourthly, from teftimonie of the Fathers, by 
 their interpreting of thofe Scriptures which we bring in, or 
 their allertions elfewhere. Ftftly, from Councels. Sixtly, 
 from ibme of their owne writers difagreeing happily in that 
 point, or from fome of their generall principles, wherein we 
 and they agree, (hewing that thole and iuch errors of theirs j enne ; c 
 cannot (land together. Seuenthly, by difcoueringthc abfur- groundst# 
 dity, and the vveake grounds whereon they build fuchan build vpon, 
 error, from the bare opinion of one man , or confent of ma - which arc the 
 nie, from Cuftome, from deceiued Councels , forged Au- - props ° cr " 
 thors, from fathers miftaken or peruerted, traditions, pre- 
 tended verities vnwritten, Apocryphall books,or from Ca- 
 nonicall Scripture , but the place mifalleaged contrarie to 
 the meaning, or not fully alleaged,by adding or detracting, 
 or from atranllation erroneous : forthefebe theSophilti- 
 call delufions and deceiueable courfes which heretikesand 
 ichifroatikes vfe to maintaine their errors with. 
 
 5 . The danger of the error is to be declared. 
 
 But heere > Firfl, let none fall to conuince error , except p oure C aucat$ 
 
 by extreme neceility they be vrged thereunto, before they to be marked 
 
 haue for lome time dehucredacertaine trueth *, andCate- before men 
 
 chized the people. It is a prepoilerous courfe , comming cntcr imo Jt 
 
 r . 1 T n. • i\ • controuerhc. 
 
 to an ignorant people and iuperititious . as molt ignorant 
 
 perfons be, to begin foorthwith to handle controuerfiesj 
 it breeds contention , it makes the common fort (who can- 
 not nidge what is fpoken for, or but obie&ed onely a- 
 gainil the trueth, to be anfwered, for further clearing of the 
 
 K trueth) 
 
What con- 
 trouerfies firft 
 to be hand- 
 led j andhow 
 far: c to pro- 
 ceed. 
 
 Thevanitie 
 and folly of 
 yoongDi- 
 uincs. 
 
 
 ' 
 
 hi JW/JJWpjkfMW. uup.jt. 
 
 tructh)to thinkc the Preacher teachech contrariethings,and 
 to fpeake he knowes not what. It werebetcertobearewith 
 many thihgs,(y£c in the mean feafon it is fit to tell chem that 
 he would gladly inform them,wherin they erre:but for that, 
 as yet , they are not able to bcare what he would vcter ) till 
 they be taught the principles plainly & diligently ,and after 
 a familiar maner 5 winding the truth into them at vnawares 
 as it were, without controlement of their ignorant cuftomes 
 andmanersfora while. S.Tatilvms fometime atEphefus 
 before he cried openly out of the \&oWDiana, 
 
 Secondly, heerein let none meddle farther , when they 
 begin, then may benefit the hearers, and thcmfelues well 
 able todealewith. It is good to raife vp no more fpirits 
 bylhewing the arguments of theaduerfarie, then may bee 
 cunningly coniureddowneagaine, left in feeming either to 
 withdraw or to keepc any from errour, fuchfhouldcon' 
 firme men therein, and put words into their mouthes, to 
 fpeake againft the trueth,beforc vnknowen to them. A foo- 
 lith merchant is he, who will fo much make mention of o- 
 ther mens wares, as that he thereby, though notintended, 
 ouerthrow his owne market. Hee is foole-hardie that will 
 challenge an other into the field , bring him out weapons, 
 and himfelfe without skill to wardeoff, and fo letting him- 
 felfe bee beaten with that which hee brings. Controuerfies 
 require fharpnelle of wit, and fome cunning to find out Sa- 
 thans Sophiftrie. Yoong Cockerils that begin but to crow, 
 may not fet vponthe great Cockes of the game. There be 
 many Nouices who haue fcarce learned the a 3 b, c, in Diui- 
 nitie , ignorant in a maner of the common principles of reli- 
 gion,y et in thefe daies wil be medling with the chiefeft con- 
 rrouerlies: fome crowing againft that Sophiftical Bellarmine: 
 fome billing at that profound & Iudiciall interpreter Cal- 
 uin 5 audacioufly controulinghim, and.fooliuhly defpifing 
 his incomparable learning and skill. Some running into 
 the troublefome point of Difcipline , when hardly they 
 know what the name meaneth : beleeuing what they 
 heare 5 but faying nothing what they fee chemfelues judici- 
 ally. 
 
Chap.p. Tl?efaitbfullSbepbeard. 6$ 
 
 ally. A better way were it to let chcm alone , till men bee 
 growne in judgement & able to fpeakein thefe things profi- 
 tably and learnedly : and then alfo to proceed wifely , and 
 moderately : and in the meane time to bend our wits to fuch 
 things as tend more to edification, and building vp men in 
 the common faluation. 
 
 Thirdly, let vs beware we call not vpon, or once menti- Old and by- 
 on,old, deadjCK by-paft herefies, out of all mens memories : P a< * h £ rcfit s 
 this were but tokeepe inminde what were better buried notan a n S o ft 
 euer in obliuion : neither deuife any new, which are not vs, notto%e 
 held, which were fo to fight with our owne fhadow, and to mem.oned. 
 vtter lies, and-offend againft charitie by (lander : a wicked 
 praclifc of thePapiltsagainft vs, and fome of our owne 
 brethren amongft our felues. 
 
 Fourthly, and laftly, in confutation of any error,let thefe When a Mi- 
 things be looked vnto,for the better warrant. Firft,thatthe nift c r hath 
 text do occafion it by °;ood confeq uent , or directly fpeake w arrant from 
 
 t\- * r J i • i_ • r his text to en- 
 
 againit it 5 that we (eeme not to deligbt in controuerhes, ar- tcr i nto a coir 
 guing a vaine contentious fpirit. Secondly, that it be fuch a trouerfie. 
 ©ne, as at that time is abroad, or foorthwith is like to come 
 foorth, and alfo dangerous to the Church. Thirdly ,that al- 
 fo it be necelTarie to be mentioned and confuted , before that 
 auditorie 5 andthen alfo very conueniently. Fourthly, that 
 it be expedient to the edification of thofe Hearers prefent. It 
 is altogether a fault, to fpend in Countrie and rudeaflem- 
 blies, the whole time, or moft part of the Sermon in fomc 
 point of controuerdes : as fome vfe to doe without fuch 111ft 
 occafion, or fome fo neceflary a caufe. Thefe fpirits benefit 
 little their auditorie,and breed more contention then confei- 
 ence. And thus much for Redarinitiue vfe. T A -. 
 
 OfthevfelnslrnttMe. vfeandwhac 
 
 1 1. Is InftrttElitie , when the doctrine is vfed to bring vs it is. 
 totheexercifcof Chhftian duties to God and man. And this Matth.7. 
 istheMiniftersdutie, as the example of ourSauiour inhis ^ om **\ ft 
 Sermon fliewes, the Apoftles alfo in their Epiftles. The^round 
 
 This vfe mult be according to the doctrine, which do- ofthisvfeis 
 ctrine is either a Propofition without regard of circum- either a do- 
 
 K 2 (lances 
 
6\ Tliefaithfull Sbepbeard. Chap. 9 . 
 
 drinc or an fiances enforming iudgement , as thus : Nothing can crojje 
 obfet nation Gods determination. S 'alnation is of free grace. True faith rests 
 ofcircum- on (jodspromife: Whence vfe of inftruction, correction, re- 
 ttead thereof dargution & confolation may be drawer). Or in flcad of the 
 doctrine,the obferuing and (hewing of circumitances , with 
 the thing done or fpoken 3 is the ground of the indriiclionras 
 when we fay ; You fee heere this or that done or fpoken, by 
 this or that perfon.when, where and how •, which bare rela- 
 tion of things and circumftances is the thing taught to en- 
 forme the vnderftanding: whence the vfe of inftruction 
 concerning fome dutie, which mud be done, may be made, 
 How to ga- and alfo ought to be gathered. Firft, from the due confide- 
 r i^ 1 l y ration of the matter in hand , whether it be ecclefiafticall, 
 from an ex- politically oeconomieall,or what thing els foeuer. Second- 
 ample. ly 3 carefully to gather together all the circumftances in that 
 
 place particularly , & fo make the inftruction accordingly, 
 fitting to the fame matter, time, place and pcrfon. For In- 
 ftruc~lions from examf>les,vfual inftorie,may be erroneous- 
 ly gathered, except thefe things be carefully noted 5 as for 
 example in Reading, Itidg. 1 6. 3 o. to gather that it k lawfuli 
 for a man, to venture his life and kill himfelfe to bee reuen- 
 ged on his enemies, isfalfe and againft the Word : which 
 error com es (if fo collected) from want of confideration of 
 al the circumftances uhepartieis^^/^theludgcoflfra- 
 cl, a type of Chrift , who did it by the inftinct of Gods fpi- 
 rit,not to reuenge himfelfe, but to perfoi me his calling, & to 
 execute Gods vengeance againft the Lords enemies; accor- 
 ding to all which the inftruction muft bee made, and fo it 
 will be good. But if the place bee of a gcnerall dutie, which 
 belongethtoany, as of any partofholinefTetoGod, righ- 
 teoufnelTe toother, fobrietietoonesfelfe : albeit the per- 
 ibn be of a fpeciall calling , yet the inftruction rnuft becge- 
 neralljonely vrged more vpon that calling, whereof the 
 place giues the inftance and example.. As if the act were ( 
 of diligence in a mans calling, which is a dutie of eueric 
 man: but let the inftance be of S.Paul an Apoftle, a Prea- 
 ch er j and therefore to be vrged vpon Preachers more fpe- 
 
 cially 
 
Chap. 9. Tlie faithfull Sbepheard. 65 
 
 daily to bee diligent. So of Daniels praying. Praying is a 
 generalldutieof all : but the example of Daniel is of a Pro- 
 phet and ofa great States man, both which forr, arc to bee 
 vrged to the daily exercife orPraier. 
 
 After the Insirutlion be laid doirne, three things are to 
 be performed. 
 I. Prooue it, and then vfeperfwafions and exhortations Hov-v to • 
 thereunto : vrgethefameby goodreafons vpontheaudito- 3 , r ^ mi° ic ca 
 ric to doe it. Firsi , from a commandement affirmatiuc: ut, V^ na 
 the approbation thereof with God, with godly-men,whofc commande- 
 tettimonie and fentences heere arc to be brought in, yea the meats. 
 fayings of Heathen, touching morall duties. Secondly, pro- p rom if €J# 
 mifestemporall&of eternal fauor mentioned in Scripture., 
 to fucli as performe that dutie. Thirdly, from the effects and Efft&s. 
 vfe thereof to Gods glory , from profit that commeth to a 
 mans feifc 6c to others thereby. Fourthly, fet it forth by ex- Examples. 
 amples,w r hich both delight the hearers and doe mooue and 
 teach the ruder fort. Thefe examples are of two forts: One Examples of 
 of fuch as praclifed the duty handled : and another of fuch tw0 s ' 
 as receiucd blefTings from God, and honor with man there- 
 fore \ 6c heere may the examples not onely extant in Scrip- 
 ture,bur otheritrue writers,both Chriftian and Prophane,bc 
 brought forth, yea thelliadowes of thefe in brute creatures: 
 which be of great force to perfwade, & very lawfull to bee 
 vied, i 7 //^/)', vfe Similitudes, which may be taken from per- Similitudes, 
 fons, things & aclions, which haue this vfe,both to explane 
 the neceflity ,equity,6c cafineile of the thing : as alfo to win 
 the hearer by fo plainc & euident dcmonihations. But here \yhat Simi- 
 beware the fimilies be from things know en, i.Cor.y.iq. ea- liestovfe,and 
 fie to be conceiued,6c apt ; fo are all Similies made in Scrip- the t>en c ^ 1 °f 
 ture, whether butiliort,as^.i. 3. 8. 1 8. (^9.1.(^30.13.7^. thcm " 
 5. 8. or more at largess Efai 5 . 1 .6cc. Our Sauiours parables, 
 and Nathans to "Dauid : thefe being plaine they will be vn- 
 .derftood , and will draw an afient to the Parable, being de- 
 liuered in the third peifon. Men in hearing will giue fen- 
 tence, by force of their iudgemenf, and afcer the fame af- 
 fentgiuen, then being aptly applied to the matter in hand, 
 
 K 3 it 
 
66 The f aith full She^heard. Chap. 9. 
 
 it will caufe their confcienccs to vrge them after the fen- 
 
 tence they haue giuen, as appeares in Dattid. By which it is 
 
 manifeft , that fimilies are of excellent vfe euen to teach, 
 
 moue and delight the Hcarerj and their Minifterie powerful 
 
 which mult vfe them. S. Chryfdftome heerein was much in 
 
 euery Sermon, to whom in this pra&ife,no man lightly is to 
 
 be compared. Sixtly , making of comparifons betweene it 
 
 and other vermes, &how thepra&ifeof vertue doth keepe 
 
 men from the contrarie vice. 
 
 To (hew the * *• Thing to bee done,is to declare the meanes to attaine 
 
 way & means thereunto, if icbchardtobe vndeiftood : for after a matter 
 
 to attaine to be declared,& reafons vrged,the parties may be moued,but 
 
 that vertue. k now not t he way thereunto : therefore muft the meanes be- 
 
 {hewed, which the holy Spirit in Sctipture pra&ifeth : who, 
 
 asforaninftancc, teaching whatfeare is", perfwading alfo 
 
 thereunto , declares the meanes how to come by the fame : 
 
 Six t eafons to as Prm ' z A ' 2 ' 3 -4- $ ' Anc * neerc withall (he w, I . the eafines, 
 beiudgcdto 2. Gods afliftance, 3. hispromifetohelpe, 4. the excellency 
 vfe the means & good which commeth euen in vfing of the means, j.ex- 
 prefcnbed. am ples of fuch as haue vfedthe fame , and 6. their happy 
 fucceiTe therein. 
 
 III. Exhort heereupon , fummarily repeating the rea- 
 fons 5 enforce and enlarge fome one of the waightieft, and 
 ftirre vp to the meanes , that affection may take hold , and 
 endeuour be vfed to the thing, as well as to know the duty. 
 This is the mod fpeciall point : and heere in this place 
 comes in the vfe of Rhetoricke,and to fet abroach all the en- 
 gins of that Arte and grace in fpeaking, to mooue to the fer- 
 uentftudy of any thing. 
 In exhorting The affettions heere tv beflirred vp are four e : 
 
 labour vpon Loue to the thing : defire to the meanes : hope in the 
 affections, meanes : and ioy refpecling the benefits in the end. 
 What Rheto- Thefiwres chiefly to be vfed are thefe: 
 
 ncall figures - - • 6 1 1 - y r 1 
 
 arc chiefly to Exclamation : but this not too often , nor too vehement 
 
 be vfed. with Stentors vo ice : and then, when either the excellency 
 Exclamation. Q f a thing, the greatncfle or ftrangenefle thereof requireth 
 
 it, Efa.l.Z.Ier. 22. 2?. 
 
 Interrogation 
 
 To vfe ex- 
 hortation^ 
 rhctoiicall 
 amplificati- 
 ons. 
 
Interrogation: made vpon occafionoftirae, place, and I»terroga- 
 perfon, from the matter in hend and the reafons vfed : it is in tlon '' 
 much vfe in the Scripture : it enforceth the confciencc to 
 anfvver : it makes the Hearers iudges of the matter , and fo 
 caufeth them will they nill they, to goe on with the fpcaker. 
 
 Compellation j which is a cai!mg vpon the Hearers, to a Compella- 
 confideration of the thing fpoken : this frirrethvp attend- tlon * 
 on, and fetcheth in againe v\ andring thoughts. 
 
 Cbiecranon ; this is making ofrequeft to the Hearers, in Obfecra«ion, 
 tilings hardly yeelded vnco,intreating the auditory to yeeld 
 fome thins; for their 2;ood : thisarsiucchloue and humilities 
 it winneth from the Hearers by mcekenclie , an ailent : but 
 this is not to be vfed, but when thematter hath beene well 
 beat vpon before, and enlarged fo fufficientiy , as they can- 
 Hot deny foreafonable a requeftmade fo carneftly for their 
 ovvne benefit. 
 
 Optation ; when we fall to wifliing, to declare our defire Oration, 
 and good will towards them : it procureth good will. 
 
 Profopopeia 5 the feigning of a perfon : when wee bring Profopopei*. 
 in dead men fpeaking, or our fclues doe take their perfon 
 vpon vs, or giue voice vntofenfeleile things, as7<^7w.8. this 
 is very pathetical and moueth much if it be rightly handled . 
 
 Apoftrophet which is a turning of the fpecch fuddenly Apoftrophe. 
 to fomc perfon or thing, from that which wee fpeake of: 
 it is to be vfed in fome great matter, as fpeaking of churches 
 calamities, we mult foorthwith turneourfpcechtoChrift 
 to refpect his fpoufe : or fpeaking ofmans difobedience, wc 
 might turnc our fpeech to the earths obedience to con- 
 demnehim. 
 
 Laftly, Sermocinatioor Dialogifme : which is, when a Sermocina- 
 queftionis made, and foorthwith readily anfwered, as if tion. 
 two were talking together : this figure S. Chryfoslome vfed 
 much, but more S. Auguflwe: it ttirres vp attention, and 
 makes the matter manifett with delight : this our Sauiour 
 >fed, fpeaking to the people of lohnBaytift. Many more 
 there are, but thefe are mod in vfe. And thus much of the 
 vfeoflnftruclion. 
 
 K 4 Of 
 
Of the vfe forrcEliue. 
 CoiTC&iuc 111' Vfe ofDoUrineis Qor%ec~l'me\ which is when the 
 
 vfe leilbn is vfed againft corruption in maners,vice and wicke*?- 
 
 neiTe, whether it be for omifTion or commiffion. Inthis the 
 Prophets fpent much, as all their writing (hew, (o lohnBap- 
 Whence it a- tiff, Chriftand his Apoftles , as their works declare. This 
 nfeth & how v f e arifeth not oncly fromadoclrinallpropofition, but by 
 to follow it. the comrariCi f rom tne vfe of inftruaion. 
 How to In following this •> i. plainely lay downe the fault of 
 
 proouc a omiffion or commiffion : 2. ifneed require fometime proue 
 thing to be a j c a £~ au | t e j tner by tne definition of finne , or by fome ex- 
 imtenwaies. rr a a - • • a 
 
 prelle w r ord condemning it , or a negatiue commandemene 
 
 forbidding, or by a dehortation, or by confequent; it being 
 referred to fome commandement negatiue, or by thecon- 
 trarie, to an affirmation: from theoppofiteveitue, or by 
 threats a gairift it , or by example of fome penitent perfon 
 for his fall thereinto, as Davids numbring of the people re- 
 pented of: or els by fome punimment for the offence. By 
 thefe the finne may be made manifefl: , if any mould doubt 
 ofit, as many doe of vfury , manic o£nonReJidencie, manie 
 alfoofa reading Minifter. 
 Todifiwade HI. DhTwade from the fame by reafon: First, by a 
 from vice,& nC g at i ue commandement, dehortation, the condemning of 
 'it by godly men,and heathen writers. Secondly, by threats 
 temporall and eternall. Thirdly, the fruits thereof, and dif- 
 profit, inward and outward, publike and priuate, to a mans 
 felfe and other. "Fourthly , examples of punifiiment , in 
 Scripture, in approoued mens wrintings, and of home-ob- 
 ferued iudgements, of felfe knowledge,by true relation, and 
 in Chronicles : the Prophets vfed to alleage iudgements in 
 their owne nation, Den. 1 1 .2 .6.1er.j. 1 2/DW.14 y.Luk. 1 7. 
 $z.i.Cor.io.6. Fiftly, fimilics Iiuely depainting the crime, 
 with comparifon betweene it 6c other,to make it to appeare 
 odious, as Salomon doth theft with adulterie together. 
 
 I V. Shew how to giue it ouer, and how to attaine to thL; 
 contraric vertue and goodneiTe. 
 
 Andheerein reprehenfion andreproofe , and the vfe of 
 
 Rhetoricke 
 
• L>nap.9. i Mfatwjuu obepoeara. 09 
 
 Rhctorickc is neceflarie with the figures,to make the diflfwa- 
 fion and reprehenfion more forcible vpon the reafons, which 
 are alfo to bee enlarged and enforced vpon 'the offenders 
 conferences. 
 
 The affections and ejf eels to be wrought in the hearers are 
 thefe : 
 
 I. Shame of the fail , by noting the fllthinefle, thebafc- How to 
 nelle of the thing, to fuch a man of thofe qualities, place and worke in the 
 age : as he before fuch and fuch, in this or that place, fuch a Hearers a 
 time, before the holy Angels and God himfelfe. fl,amc of fin « 
 
 I I. CompuncHon of heart , by (hewing our llauerie to the ^ w com- 
 Diuell, the curfe of the Law, the ftrangenefle and greatnes punclion is 
 of that finne, the flcrcenelTe of Gods anger againtt finne, in wrought. 
 giuing the Law, in punifhing, without refpeft, all forts, the 
 
 horror of an accufing conference , the agonie of death , his 
 ftiort time of life, apttofudden death, the terror of the Ialt 
 judgement, hell fire theeternall torture. 
 
 III. Lotting and true companion tothemfelues and others \ How to make 
 by (hewing the efcaping of thefe dangers, and procuring to mcn P'tie 
 themfelues and others much good if they repent. themfdues. 
 
 IV. True repentant forrorr , euenwithteares, byvrging Howtovrgc 
 their miferieintcrnall,cxternall,eternall 5 places inuiting to repentance, 
 repentance: examples of Prophets and Chnft fpeakmg with 
 
 teares : examples of repentant finners liuely brought foorth: 
 mourning and lamenting. 
 
 If by thefe they bee not mooued , then lay before them 
 Chrifts dying foriinne,his agonie in the Garden,and crying 
 vpon the crolfe 5 his vnfpeakeable loue, to bring and free v% 
 from finne : and laftly, the outcry ings of the damned in hell > 
 their weeping and howling, and all too late. 
 
 V. True and reuerent fear e of God , and hatred againft 
 
 finne by his threats, his holy nature, hispunifhmentsfor 
 
 finne. Hatred of finne will be wrought by confidering it the 
 
 greateft enimie, defacing Gods image, procuring lofle, de- 
 
 ^>riuing men of all good, and fuch like. 
 
 VI. Hope of mercy, by Godspromife and oath , by his 
 leadineile to forgiue , examples of forgiuenefle, &c. And 
 
 L thu* 
 
70 1 befaitbfull Sbepbedrd. Chap. 9. 
 
 thus much alfo of the third vfc of Doctrine , v<>. Cor* 
 reflion. 
 
 Of the vfe Confolatorie. 
 Ccnfolatorie * V. And the laft is Confolatorie,which is, when the do- 
 vfe. . clrine is vfcd to raife vp the Spirit with comfort, which is 
 
 humbled and caft downe for fin , and to encourage fuch as 
 be obedient. So did Mofes, 8x0.14.13. Efai.z. King. 19.6. 
 Zach.%. 1 1. 1 2.1 3; Our Sauiour Chrift, lohn.14. 1. 
 How to com. Thereafons of Comforts and Encouragements, parti- 
 fort and cularlymuft be framed, according to the difcomforts and 
 whence to difcouragements : being diuers, inward, outward,publikc, 
 et cmv ^ 4 priuate,inbodie > ingoodname, goods, &c. But generally 
 from Gods prouidence ; his promifes of helpe and blef- 
 fings, his minaces againft the enemies ofthe'godly , his po- 
 wer,his conftancie: from the benefits of triall : from expe- 
 rience of Gods former loue, and examples of patience and 
 of deliucrances, the fhort abiding heerc,and durablenefTe of 
 . a happie eftate after death. As before is requifite the vfe of 
 Rhetoricke, fo heerein this place likewifc. The affection to 
 be wrought chiefly hereby, is ioifulneffe, to be of a cheerful 
 fpirit, with patience.hope.and conftancie. And thus much 
 for thefe feuerall vfes,wherof the firft concerneth Fnttb : the 
 fecond and thivdyLoue and Charttie: and laft Hope. . 
 What is re- By thefe things in this Chapter, we fee what is requifite 
 quiiitefora for a Minifter to haue : Firft, knowledge in controucr- 
 5* m ii^'r° ^ es ' wnat errors are held, what arguments arevfedjand 
 things' C ° howto anfwer them. Secondly, knowledge of the feuerall 
 ftates of men, what dutic is to be performed , efpecially the 
 moft principall in euery of them •> thereby to inftruct euery 
 man in the right courfe of his vocation. Thirdly, knowledge 
 of thefinnes and corruption of that age in mens feuerall 
 callings , to be able to lay them open , and to reproue them. 
 Fourthly, and laftly, to be ftudied in the cafes of confeience, 
 to comfort the afflicted. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap. I o. TbefaithfullShe^hedrd. 71 
 
 CHAP. x. 
 
 Of Application of the vfes to the Hearers, 
 
 THc vfe being made aptly, next and immediately fol- 
 lowes the application: which is notfimpliethe vfihg 
 of doctrines to fcuerall eftates : for vfc and application fo \yhatappli- 
 aremade almoftonc$ which in nature are plainly diftinft. cation is, and 
 But application heere meant fpecially is a neerer bringing how it differ, 
 of the vfc deliuered, after a more generali fort, in the ctn from vfc » 
 third perfon , as fpoken to perfons abfent ; to the time, 
 place, and perfons of what fort foeuer then prefent : and 
 vttcredinthe fecond perfon, or in the firft,whcn theMi- 
 nifter , as often the Apoftle doth , will include himfclfc 
 with them. 
 
 Thisisliuclyfct foorthvntovs inthefpecch of Nathan An inftance 
 and Dauid together : Nathan comes with a parable and ofdoannc, 
 ftiewes thereby a thing done, which is the doctrine. Da- vr< o anJa P- 
 nid hee makes an vfe thereof, and fpcakes in the third ^ 
 perfon : and Nathan makes application of that vfe made 
 From the third perfon to the fecond , Thou art the man, 
 Z. Samuel, 12.7. 
 
 This is the Minifters dutic, Efai 61. 1. E^echiel 34. TheMiniftcr 
 1 /. 1 6. Lake 4. 1 8. Tutu 2. 2. 3 . 4/ It was the Prophets ° u j£ *% m 
 pra&ife : Nathan to Dauid , the Prophet to tsfchab, 2. cation. 
 King, zo.verf. 42. Out Sauiour vfed it , (J^fatth, 1 y. 6, 
 7. S.Teter to the Iewes, *Atts z.verf. 36. And Stephen 
 to thofe that heard him, AUs 7. ;i. This home-fpeak- Tncexcellcnt 
 ing is the fharpc edge of the fword, the word of God; r |° i ^ ofap- 
 this bringcth the vfes to their proper places , as falues p y °* 
 clapt to the foresof fuch patients , as Minifters then hauc 
 in hand. This indeed is it, w^ich makes faithfull Mini- 
 fters teaching , vnfauorie to carnall and euill men : And 
 ,by this they are faid to name men inthePulpit, and gall 
 fome perfonally : when no man is named : but the vfc of 
 correction of fome vice is made in the fecond perfon to the 
 hearers. 
 
 L2 This 
 

 What kinde 
 of applicati- 
 on is moil 
 liked of the 
 vVickcd,and 
 what not. 
 
 
 Application 
 neceflarie. 
 
 Obieft. 
 
 Rcfp. 
 
 yi Tbefakhfull Sbepbeard. Chap, i o. 
 
 This makes a great difference of mens Minifteries, why 
 fome arc iudgedfoplaine, and other fo plan fible, and why 
 fome mooueone way or other, to bring men to be better or 
 woorfe : others onely informe but reformc not, becaufe 
 they fpeake too generally, and preach as if they meant other 
 perfons, and not their prefent auditorie. 
 
 Ifthey make application of vfes, its'but ofinftrucVon 
 and c©rnfort,which the wickedeft man can away with. For 
 inftru&ion prefuppofeth vertue and (lirs vp to good life, 
 which the word would gladly haueanameof ; and fo for 
 praife and reward fake, will Iiften to it : the other is comfort 
 and preachingof peace 5 which none will refufe. And this 
 kinde of application is common with fome, as all that consi- 
 der of their couries may plainly obferue. But the applicati- 
 on of the vfe of conuincing, but cfpecially of Reprehenfion 
 and Corf eclion, the wicked will at no hand abide, becaufe 
 thofe words found like Micheas Prophecies in Achabs eares, 
 neuergood. Which makes many mealie-mouthed , be- 
 come Jo full of difcretion ( winding vpfoulc offences into 
 feemely tearmes ) as this difcretion hath almoft deflroied 
 deuotion, policie hath in a maner thruftoutpietie : and we 
 fee by this meanes , finnes fo reprooued continue , by fuch 
 plaufible preaching, vnreformed. 
 
 Application in this fort mud needes be vfed : No plaifter 
 cures when we doe but onely know it 5 nor the vfe when it is 
 heard of : but the particular application to the fore doth 
 good, and then it is felt and moueth. It is not the fight of a 
 treafure, nor knowledge of the vfe whereto it ferueth, which 
 moueth much the beholders, but if one come and tell them 
 it is theirs , this application workes vpon afTecTion. Some 
 men fay, that this kinde of applying is not for all auditories, 
 becatiie iome are fo wife, as they hearing the doftrine 
 and vfe , can make application thereof themfelues. It is 
 not what men can doe, but what they will doe : nor what 
 they will doe neirher, but what is our off ce anddifcharge 
 of our dutie 5 wee may not prefume of other mens do- 
 ings, and neglect that wee (hould doe by the Comman- 
 
 dement 
 
Chap. 10. Tlx faitbfmlSbepkanL 73 
 
 dement of God and pra£tife of the Prophets and Chrift 
 himfelfe. 
 
 For a Miniftcr to makeapplication to his hcarers,to do it How to make 
 profitable, he muftf/r/ 3 preach to them from knowledge application 
 out of himfelfe, feeling thecorrnption of nature, and being profitably. 
 able to decipher out the old man : Secondly , alfo from the 
 knowledgeofhisauditorie, what errors areamongft rhem, 
 whatpraclifeofvertue, what vices generally, or in particu- 
 lar callings , who comfortlefTe or difcouraged , and neede 
 condition: Concionat or ( faith one) debet concionari ex prAxt 
 fua, inprimis oat em audit or urn : that like a Phyfician skil- 
 full^)f his patients difeafe, hecmay fitly adminifter a right 
 potion: or like a wife Counfellor in hi* Clients cauie,he may 
 giue found aduice for fafetie and defence. 
 
 To haue this knowledge, it is fit for the Paftor to be refi- 
 dent on his charge, toconuerfe familiarly with his people, 
 feeing and obferuingthem , and to haue helpe alfo of the 
 houfcof Cloe : that foP<z#/ may byfaithfullrelation,heare 
 from others^' but in this point be not light of beliefe) what by 
 himfelfe alone he can not come to vnderftand. 
 
 In application there muft be had a due regard, difcerning 
 aright, to giueeuerie one hisportion : in which that exhor- 
 tation of the Apoftle taketh place \ Studieto yceldihyfelfe i. Tim. i. ij. 
 approoited of God, a workeman, not to be defpifed, duly dmidtng 
 the word oft ruth. 
 
 The ignorant and docible erroneous, muft be informed 
 iniudgement , withthefpiritof difcretionandmeckeneffe ; 
 the vertuous exhorted to conftancie, and encouraged 5 the 
 vitious reproned after the nature of the offence , and the 
 quality of the offender. 
 
 In which point,becaufc there are lohns and lames ,whoin ^ ow to 
 their zealc may forget themfelucs, I will deliuer a few rules fpeake zea- 
 for the moderation of zeale , to fpeake words withauthori- louflyandyct 
 tie ; and to kcepe within compafle \ that as we may not of- mmodcrati 
 fend in plaufible tearmes, to footh vp finners , fo wifb I wee 
 fhould not, in fharpc and bitter reproofes without fuff.aenc 
 ground : Elle finne may be dilgraced, and Epithets may be 
 
 giuen 
 
74 TliefditbfullSbepbeard. Chap.io. 
 
 giuen to the Gnner, according to the tranfgrefllon , without 
 iuft: imputation of railing: fbrfo weemayreadeini^w and 
 T other Prophets: we haue the example of JobnTtaptift , yea 
 
 A <ft. i j . 10. out Sauiour Chrift and the Apoftle to the Ga/at. 3.1. 
 Firftbemind- I. Confider thine ownefelfe apt to thelikefinne, Ga/at. 
 full of our <5. 1 . or guiltie thereof, or of fome asill ; that then in all thou 
 doeft fpeake fo to them, as alfo to thy felfe,which will make 
 thee moderate : yet this is true , thac what a man feeles to be 
 ill in himfelfe, if he be truely penitent, and would bee freed 
 from it, the hatred to it will make him earneftly fpeake a- 
 gainft that finne when occafion is offered. 
 Secondly, j J. Weigh what a one thou art , yoong or old, one held 
 
 confider thy jHj tcratc > or learned, vitious or of godly life , beloued and 
 honoured, or hated, and in contempt 5 for after the accep- 
 tance of the perfon,fo are his words efteemed : youth and 
 ignorance procure fmall approbation: diilike wil receiuc no 
 counfell ,much leile admit of reprehenfion. As thou art in 
 eftimation, fomaieft thou proceed : howfoeuer, fpeake thac 
 which thou oughteft, and bee circumfpect in themancr 
 to fpeake as is meete. 
 Thirdly,be- III. Neuer fpeake with partiall afTe&ion againft any in 
 ware of par- afpleene, euill will feldome fpeaks well : hate finne and no 
 tiall affe&ion. mAns perfon: and fpeake for amendement with the witnefle 
 ofthine owue confeience before God. The Pulpit is not a 
 place, in mew to be zealous againft finne , and intend no- 
 thing but reuenge of priuate wrong from inward grudge : 
 this is railing and abufe of the Word. 
 
 If a partie offend,hauing done thee wrong,being thy ad- 
 uerfary, and yet his fin of neceffity defcrues reproofe ; thou 
 How to ma- maieft reprehend the crime, but beware of the leaft (hew of 
 nifeft our priuie malice, & preuent by all means conceits thereof. In al 
 loucin re P rc - re p roo fc S and checkes,fhew that they comeofloue,andnot 
 without ha- of hatred, in this maner. Firfl, by vfing before friendly ap- 
 tred of the pellations. Secondly , by praifing fully the good in them ( 
 perfons. worthie commendations : fo doth the Apoftle to the Corin- 
 1 .Cor.i -1. tn i ans before he reprehend them. Thirdly, beware in aggra- 
 Aft $.17. mating the offence, or long (landing thereon : fuppofe the 
 
 caufe 
 
cnap. i o. i ixfainyuu ZMpeara. 75 
 
 caufctohaucbcenc ignorance, and tcftifie hope of their n- 
 mendement. It it be of obftinacie, note ic lightly, and (hew 
 whataneuillitis : butwithall,if iuft occafionbc ; fuppofeit 
 growes not from the offenders difpoficion, vvirdome,nacure, 
 & former experienced traftableneiTe; but rather from fome Gal.y.io.x j*. 
 froward perfons, euil counfellours : and thefe cenfure deep- 
 ly, laying the fin vpon them,and in their perfon, condemne 
 thetrefpalTourthorovvly, for reprchenfion will fo be better 
 borne with, than when its direel and plainly turned vpon a 
 mans owne perfon alone. Fourthly, in conclufion, manifeft 
 thydiflikeand gricfe to bee conflreined to take this courfc 
 with them,and excufe thy felfe : Firft, from thencceflirie of How a Mini- 
 thy calling, vponafearefull penalric, and thecommande- for may allay 
 ment binding thee thereto, ler. i . i y.F^ech. 3 3 .being Gods " * | bl " crncs 
 commandernentalfo,£/rfi 58.1. Secondly, thefafety of their rC p r0 ofei. 
 foules : and therfore thou doeft it from loue and compafTion 
 towards them. Thirdly, vfelouingtearmes, with milde ex- 
 hortations, to heare with patience, and to nidge afterward. 
 Fourthly, promife by their amendement, to giue ouer, and 
 that it iliall beeonely long of themfelues , if euer the like 
 courfe be taken with them any more. Fiftly, end with pro- 
 mifes of Gods mercy, good acceptance with the Church, 
 and their inward confolation , if there beany amendement. 
 If by this meanes they takenot well thy admonifhments 
 andreproofes , they are inexcufable, and thou haft wifely 
 and faithfully difcharged thy dutie to thy comfort. 
 
 IV. Confider the fault committed or dutie neglecled, ^"jj 11 ^ fi 
 an error or herefie maintained, the partie offending igno- to ^eper 
 rant or obftinate, apublikcperfonorpriuatc,&c. andac- fare in re- 
 cordingly proceed , as time, place, and occafionin godly proof e. 
 wifedome fhall bethought fie j offences are not cquall, nei- 
 ther all perfons alike, ludeverfn. 2 3. and of this fpeakes S. 
 Cjregorie in his Paltorall : Non ea, mquit,& eadem exhort atio 
 cunllis competit, quia nee cunllis par m, rum qudlitas , ftpe altj 
 vfficiunt, qux alijs profunt ; ($• Uuis Jibihis equos nutigat •, catu- 
 losinftigat,&c. Thofethat fall of infirmity reftore with the 
 fpirit ©fmeeknelTe, Galat. 6. x . Speakc to the elder men as 
 
 L 4 to 
 
 iemca- 
 
to Fathers, totheyoongeras to brethren : fhew cuidently 
 what finneis to all, but hauc companion to the parties , and 
 \v th patience expect their amendment, 2. Tim. 2.27.26. 
 for priuate offences, take a priuatecourfe : but open tranf- 
 grcffors reprooue openly, 1 . Ttmoth. j.zo.Ga/atb.z. 1 1 . 14. 
 yet firtt more generally, omitting circumftances : if this 
 preuaile, then ceafe to reprehend , and bleffe God for their 
 repentance : fhew fome example of repentance in that kind, 
 how acceptable it is to God , and caufe of rejoicing to all •, 
 but if not, then come to them more particularly by circum- 
 ftances, that they may ,will they mil they , take notice of 
 whom it is fpoken > but without nominating of the perfon, 
 till the Churches publike cenfurc of excommunication bee 
 iuftly pronounced againft him. The ordinate being great 
 perfons,the greater they be,are the more roundly to be dealt 
 withall. For by how much hce is mightie, by fo much his 
 finnc is the greater*, the more odious to God and dange- 
 rous to other . Therefore wee readc how the men of God 
 dealt very perfonally with Kings, Princes, falfe Prophets 
 and PrieftSjas Eliah with Achab 5 Eltjha with lehoram\ lere- 
 mie with Pafhur 5 Ames with Ama^iah ; Iabn ISapttft with 
 Herods our Sauiourwith Scribes and Pharifeesj Stephen 
 with the high Priefts and Elders 5 yea S.Pml with the Apo- 
 Gal. ^. pie Peter , and the fame Apoftle with Elymas the Sorcerer, 
 
 Ad.13.10. who was reprehended vehemently , and with moft bitter 
 fpeeches, as could in a maner be deuifed. But wicked poli- 
 tic holdeth this nogoodcourfe now adaics : f earefuli fpi- 
 rits dare not fodifcharge their duties vpon fuchbrafen walsj 
 becaufetheybyfin, are deeper in offence to God, and more 
 fcandalous than other. Their fubic&ion to the Word , is 
 example to others. Round, but wife dealing with them is 
 terrourto others. The neglect whereof appearing to the 
 ^ffWOtWj and in ftead thereof , fined plaufible fpeeches to 
 want of plain pleafe brought in, caufeth much preaching to bebutper- 
 dcaling wife- formed for raffrion : Religion to be held mecre policy: prea-* 
 ly with the chers themfelues to be but as other men. 
 *u*htic . y And laftiy in bitter reproofes ( to fet anedge there- 
 
 on, 
 
Chap.n- IFeJaithJunSficpbeard. 77 
 
 on, and yet kcepe thy pcrfon in authorise, and words in re- Fiftly,to keep 
 gard) vfenofpecchesofcommmon reuilings, but fuchas moderation 
 haue proceeded out of the mouth of God againft fins and ^^^^J 
 finners in general 1, or againftthofeeuils or fuchlikc often- t h e worts v* 
 ders, as thou art fpcaking againft,fet downe in the fcripture. tared, 
 
 Againe, bring in the Prophets or Apoftles, fpeaking in 
 their owne words : as if we would reprehend Bnbene in 
 great ones , we may fay : I will not rcproouethis finne , but 
 Efai he fhall tell who they be, and what to be compared vn- 
 to , and fo bring in his words 5 Efai 1 .2 3 . So againft wicked 
 Shepheards, bring in leremie cap. 23. 1. 1 1 . 14. Lam.i.zq. 
 Our Sauiour againft hypocrites, Matth.z 3 . and fo of other 
 finnes: Alfo the fay ings of ancient Fathers, as fpeakingfor 
 vs : which will much helpe, to make the reprehenfion more 
 acceptable : and will preuent the reproch of railing and in- 
 temperance. Wee muftin this crooked generation bee as 
 wife as Serpents} fo,that we keepethe innocency of Doues. 
 
 And thus much for application : which as it is diftincl: 
 from vfe , fo haue I feucred the precepts of both , for bet- 
 ter vnderftanding thereof NeuertheleiTevfe and applica- How to ioine 
 tion in Preaching maybeconioinedinonefpeech: the vfe vfeandapph- 
 being dehucred in the fecond perfon to rheauditorie pre- ""onmone, 
 fent as an applied vfe: except it beefuch an vfe, as fits not an w en * 
 tobeapphedatchattime: Application is to be made of all 
 fuch vies as feme for conuincing, correcting, mftru&ing, 
 and comforting the prefentauditorie. 
 
 CHAP. XL 
 
 Of Preuent ion of Ob left ions. 
 
 \ Fter Application followes Preuentionof Objections : Mcnneuer 
 J: \for men are no foonerfpoken vnto , but if they diflike - lle JTJ° de " 
 any thing they will fpeake againft it : lfdifobedient or en '°- fc[u eS30 ^ n 3 
 neousardrcprooued, they will-ftand vpon their defence, the Mini ft er 
 ^and will obiecl: againft vs, for their waies and opinions. If butin applica- 
 exhorted to good things, they haue their excufes*, all tl0I *« 
 which muft be taken away. Thus did our Sauiour Chnft,as 
 
 M Luke 
 
7* 
 
 5^cE 
 
 Why and 
 how to pre- 
 uent obiecli- 
 ons. 
 
 Three things 
 nccdfull here- 
 in. 
 
 Whenitis 
 needfull. 
 
 Lnk: 4,43. It furthers much thematter,aud cuts ofl the oc- 
 cafion of cauils.f «r/?,it is done either by propounding what 
 might be faid and anfwered, as in the place of Luke, our Sa- 
 uiour doth. Secondly, or elfe to anfwer an obie&ion which 
 might be made clofely, without mentioning of it, as the 
 Apoftle S. 'PWdoth often in his Epiftles. 
 
 In this , three things are neceflarily to bee considered : 
 Fir ft, when it is needfull to make obie&ions and topreuent 
 them. Secondly, what to obiecl: and anfwer. Thirdly, how 
 farre it is needfull to proceed heerein. 
 
 I. Its needfull , Firft, when the word of the text it felfe 
 affoords plainely an obicclion of necefTi tie to be anfwered. 
 Secondly, when either a do6trine gathered, caufeth any, or a 
 mans owne words, in following a matter, occafioneth an 
 obie&ion, as it often may doe : and therefore great care 
 mud bee had , and we mull weigh our fpeeches to preuent 
 euer (if any thing llip vs , as not well or doubtfully fpoken,) 
 mens canilling at that which we vtter. Thirdly, if you fpeake 
 before a captious company, and that thou art parfwaded 
 fuchtherebe, who wilidillikeibme particulars which thou 
 art confeionably to deliuer. Fourthly, when a controuerfie 
 . is to be handled in a learned auditory , againft the common 
 aduerfarie. In which refpedb preuention of obieiiions is to 
 be vfed. 
 What things The obie&ions either openly to be made,or clofely to be 
 tobe preuen- preuented, arefuch, as the omitting thereof, might occa^ 
 ted. (ion in thy fpeeches either conceit of error, fome approbati- 
 
 on of finne, orfome fenfelefle abfurdity : alio whatioeucr 
 may be a let and hindrance to the receiuing of that which is 
 taught or exhorted vnto, muft by this meanes be remooued . 
 For alwaies there muft be vnderftandingto know, both what 
 we fay for and againft any matter , or alio what may bee faid 
 What the Pa- with or againft, on the contrary, by any other 5 els the matter 
 ftor isto con- wl j j not f ucceec J f Q well as we would defire. 
 
 abk to re l h HeerC f ° f the Minifter > to be able ro anfwer obie &< L 
 
 uent obiecii- ons, and to preuent what may be faid , muft in exhortation 
 to vertue, coafider carnall excufes and impediments which 
 
 may 
 
 ons. 
 
Chap. 1 1 ; Tk-efdtibfuH Sbepheard. 79 
 
 may kccpcmcn from the entertainment and prac"tife of that 
 vertue. In dehorting from vice , what flievv of reafon rocfl 
 make from pleafure, profit, honour, cuftome, and example 
 to.deteinethem ftill therein. 
 
 In conuincing of errors what arguments theaduerfarics 
 hauff, what obicclions againfl: our reafons, to anfwer and o- 
 uerthrow them. Laftly, in comforting, weigh what the a£ 
 fli&edmay fay, to repcll comfort, W'hether then affliction 
 be inward or outward ; and thcrto anfwer. By this means wc 
 may become skilfull in this neceiTary point in preaching. 
 
 III. For the meafure heerein , how farre to proceed, Hovy ferre to 
 {lands in the wifedome of the Speaker , in the knowledge proceed in 
 ofthe hearers, and the neceflky of the matter in hand. All tlll3mactcr v 
 matters are not alike difficult or of hard receit : neither all 
 congregations learned, able to makeobiections, or to vnder- 
 ftand betwixt an obiect ion and an anfwer : and thcrfore lefTc 
 care ofpreucntion is to be had and vfed amongft fuch in do- 
 ctrinall points. 
 
 Whatfocuer the matter or Auditorie is , wee are not to 
 continue making fo many obiections , as either wee cande- 
 uifc or findc written from other, fo mould wee make no 
 end j and fuch a courfc as foone maketh doubts , as refolues 
 them, breeding in fome mens heads an humour of contra- 
 diction, and to others occafion of contention rather than to 
 the hearers fan edification and edifying. What thou in thy 
 wifdomefhakholdtobe fufficient for the matter, conue- 
 nient for the time , place and perfons 5 fo farre proceed and 
 no further. Ifany be not fully fatisfied,letthem be intreated 
 to enquire further in priuate conference. For it is not fit,yea 
 it is very hurtfull, to make the Pulpit a place for a continuall 
 and full handling of controuerfies in a common auditory. 
 
 CHAP. xir. 
 
 Ofthecomlnfion of the whole Sermon. 
 Fter all thefe followes the conclufion , and knitting vp 
 
 A 
 
 of the point handled, and of the whole Sermon. 
 
 M z But 
 
8o TI?efaitbfmlSbepheam 
 
 Note. - But in all this which I hauefpoken, my meaning is not 
 
 that in Preaching, aMinifter,afterheebeeentred vpon his 
 text, ihould cuer fay : This is the doctrine,this is the proofe, 
 this is the vfe : now to the reafons, now wc will make appli- 
 cation, and preuent or make objections : which is, I confcilc 
 a plaine way, to a rude congregation, eafie to bee concerned 
 and written of fuch as attend and will rake the paines : but it 
 interrupts the courfe ofthe fpeech, and it is too much a dif- 
 ioinced fpeech , and leiTepatheticall. Therefore albeit for 
 tlic vndei [landing ofthe things diftinclly by them , 1 haue 
 jtrtU eft csUre made feuerall Chapters, yet the Preacher, which will follow 
 anew. this courfe, may in fpeaking knit them all together in a con- 
 
 tinued fpeech after the maner of an oration,keepingthe me- 
 thod to himfelfe: pafling from the doctrine to the proofe j 
 from the proofe , to the vfe •, from the vfe, to the reafons 
 thereof', from thence to the application . and to preuention 
 ofobie&ions : and finally fo conclude euerydo£trine : and 
 one finifl-iedjpaire by transitions, vttered fometimes in one 
 teaiTue,fometimes in another, to a new doctrine in like ma- 
 /A-" ner, and fo in all to the end ofthe Sermon : the finall conclu- 
 S&T fionofall. 
 
 -How long Touching the finall conclufion ofthe Sermon : it mud be 
 
 timeconuc- made within the compalTc of the houre, orimmediately af- 
 
 nient ordina. ter, except vpon extraordinary occafion : Neither is this to 
 
 rily for a Scr- binde Gods fpirit to an houre : but to follow the order ofthe 
 
 mon ^ Church, and thereupon the expectation ofthe hearers, and 
 
 their infirmity •, which whofo regardech not , knoweth not 
 
 well how to keepe meafure in fpeaking : neither hath difcre- 
 
 The diCcom- riontofee whatisconuenient^ Many forwantofobferuing 
 
 "^/Tna^ier turie > anc ^ commonly going beyond the cuftomary fpace ai- 
 
 comirTonly lotted thereunto, do make their labour to their daily hearers 
 
 the appointed tedious , themfelues to bee condemned of pride, louingto 
 
 tunc. heare themfelues talke », or offolly , without wit to keepe a 
 
 rneane, or to know thai as much may be vtccred in an houre, 
 
 as can be of any alrnoft rightly vnderftood and well carriccf 
 
 •^ avvay. Heereof rifrth the occaOonoften ofthe contempt of 
 
 fomefuch mens endeuour, this fcandallalfo, as if the pub. 
 
 lickc 
 
C h ap • 1 2. ibefaitbfuu Shepheard. 8' i 
 
 licke affembly is made Auditorium, non Oratcrium : that 
 fuch Preachers are not painfull, to compact things fubftan- 
 tially together : but talke at randome, & qy.icqutd in buccam 
 vcncrit prof err e . 
 
 In the Concluflon muft be , fir ft a fhort repetition onely Whit mud 
 oftheprincipall doctrines and vfes of the whole Sermon, be done m 
 cfpecially lfthe Preacher be a ftranger,and doth but make ' hc concl;i(u5 - 
 one Sermon : els in ordinarie exercifes continued, the re- 
 petition may be deferred vnto the beginning of the next 
 Preaching : and very fitly to be as vs ellarenuing of the old 
 as reaching of new. 
 
 Secondly , a pithie, foicible , and louing exhortation to In c ° nc ' 
 mooue affection, and to quicken the heavers to vndeiftand: co ~* mo 1 r 
 to hold the truth taught : to detcft the errors conuinced : to ^ 
 loue the vermes, and imitate the examples : and to rhethe 
 vice it felfeand perfons committing the euill fpoken againft. 
 Comforting and encouraging fuch as need : picking out 
 fome one fpeciall doctrine, and vfe (fcarfel y mentioned be- 
 fore,and thought mod chiefly now to be vrged vpon them) 
 from amongft all that which hath beene fpoken , and refer- 
 ued to this conciufion : that it may be morefrefh in memory 
 than the reft : And this enforce and exhort vnto liuely , to 
 make it more effect uall, but ftand not long vpon it, and end 
 of a fudden : leauing them mooued,and ftirred vp in affecti- 
 on to long after more : for as one faith: Omnia, tunc bona [tint, 
 quando claufula eft bona. Ex per oratione nofcitur concto- 
 nator. 
 
 Laftlyjth js all finifhed,end with thankfgiuingjand prai- Knit vp all 
 
 eralfofor a biefiing vpon that which hath beene fpoken, withpraier 
 
 mentioning the efpecials therein : Atqueficvt a precaticne 2 p mC2nd 
 
 , p r r • r j -^ j r thankfriuing. 
 
 exoraium jump Jit conciojacra, ita in eandem pie dejinet tuxta ° ° 
 
 du/ci/pmumdiclumyAjiyluj *tk.)tw xj t=X<3- TrunZiov. The prai- 
 
 er ended, after the Pfa!me be fung, put vpon the people the 
 
 Lords blcffing, and end with Numb. 6. 24. or this Praier of 
 
 theApoftle, Heb. 13.20. 21. or i.TbeffaL 5. 23. 24. orelfe, 
 
 2. Cor. 1 3.13 .which are Apoftolicall benedictions indited by 
 
 the holy Spirit of God. 
 
 M 1 And 
 
ff 
 
 The fruitful- 
 ncfTeofthis 
 kind of teach- 
 
 lyefaithfull Sbepheard. Chap, r £. 
 
 And thus much for chefe things concerning the feuerali 
 parts of a Sermon, and of the things required ola Minifter, 
 particularly,& of them diitinc~tly: which if we haue and can 
 thus vfe, wee ihall proceed religioufly, handle matters me- 
 thodically, teach fbundly, connrme beleeuers, refolue them 
 that doubt,conuince gain-faiers,reprooue the wicked, com- 
 fort the afflietedjpreuent cauils, & euery way become pro- 
 fitable,to Gods glorie, the hearers edification, 6c our owne 
 comfort, in this great and miraculous worke of conuerting 
 foules. 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 Of fucb things as are rcquiredof a M'mifler to 
 f erf or me the whole workf. 
 
 What things T Tltherto hath beenedeliuered what is required and to 
 
 generally ne- JtjLbe done in feuerali parts. Now followes to fhew what 
 
 cefTane to a ■ s necc {f ar y f or a preacher to haue in all and euery part, re- 
 
 quifite for the well performance of the whole. 
 
 /. Is a qnicke apprehenJion$ either in premeditation or 
 elfe in publike deliuene : thereby to take what thefpiric 
 of Godprefently doth offer to our minds. Theholy Ghofi: 
 forfakes not his owne worke, neither faiicth to aflift a pain- 
 full Minifter , but euen in his preparation is with him •, and 
 helps by affoording much in the veric fpeaking not before 
 thought of. A man notflauifhly bound to words, brings 
 not all things with him into the Pulpit, that there is deli- 
 uered. The fpirit in Praier helps, /cow. 8. fo doth he in prea- 
 ching ; if there be a ready conceit to take it. 
 
 Heeretd muft bee added inuention to findcout, vnder- 
 itandingto know the thing what it is, iudgementtodif- 
 pofe of it, to bring euerie thing into his proper place*, and 
 prudence to difcerne rightly to make application, accor- 
 ding to conuenientcircumftancesand occafions. 
 
 J J. A good memorie ,rirme and (table to retaine at leafl: 
 things newly thought vpon \ which is a prefent memorie: 
 without this it is impofliblcto become plentiful! in matte^ 
 or in exhortation vehement : for in the one a brickie memo. 
 
 ric 
 
 Aquicke ap- 
 prehension. 
 
 A good me- 
 morie. 
 
Chap, i j . 1 he faith full Shepheard, tfj 
 
 rie will omic much, and in the other , a JVlinifter will foonc 
 forget himfelfe where he was, and of what he fpake. 
 
 A pei feci: memory needech no precept, happy is he that 
 hath it : it is theftorehoufe to vnderffanding,and treafure of 
 eloquence, ifwit want not, nor the tongue be tied: by helpe 
 ofa good memory , a man with eafe may fpcake as much as 
 he pleafeth, and as he is difpofed alfo. 
 
 A weake memory needeth helpe, and thus it may bee How to helpe 
 ftrcngthened : Ftrfl, vnderftand well the thing to be deliue- the weaknefle 
 red: tor as S. Hierome faith, £upfirmiter concepimw t,bene lo- °* c ^ e memo- 
 quimur \fiquidem t alia in anima quajifitbfiantiam concoquendo r ^' 
 Cunt comierfa. Things of thine owne deuifing; are bed: for 
 memory, and more cane to bee borne away : that which is 
 from other more hardly, and fcarfelynotatall , without the 
 right vnderftanding of the matter, without which a man 
 reaps but words, as a Parat. Secondly , difpofe into order 
 and method what thou art to deliuer : an vnorderly heap- 
 ing vp of things together confounds memory. As memo- 
 ry is the maintainer of knowledge , fo is method the prefer- 
 uer of memory. Thirdly, write what thou wouldeft fpcake: Of writing 
 i .writing confirmes meditation, 2 .ihewes the minde to the Sermons, the 
 fenfes, 3 .keeps things once thought of, 4. it makes thoughts r ngu l ar pro ~ 
 fet downc, better to beiudged, either by amans felfe, or by "" t £™" f 
 another, to whom it may be imparted, for their approbati- See Hipperins 
 on or correction : Dtjfieileeft, faith one, fimnl coaitare, & in his firft 
 qualiter cogites mdicare,ex nuda mentis cogitatione. /.It fixeth ^°°^ c °* *"'*■ 
 more firmely what is thought vpon, 6. brings to a (tile and mi "° /" 6 
 kiradeof fpeaking, 7. it preferues a mans labours to after- 
 wards, toiudge how heprofits,toplcaiure himfelfe,by per- 
 ufinga^ainc former meditations (more eafily found in wri- 
 ting, than called to minde) or any other by his labour, if it 
 beheld woorth looking on. 8. Itdeclareth hisiiiduftry and 
 paines to fpeake profitably, with vndcrftandineofthat hec 
 deliuereth. o. In writing a man lofeth no thoughts, fo as at 
 onetime, its notrequifite, fo exactly to remember what 
 he hath indented , whileft his minde mufcth frill vpon far- 
 ther matter, asheemuftdoe in meditating if hee fet it not 
 
 M'<f downc 
 
downe, io.andlaftly,in{tudic, whilefl one is intent vpon 
 a matter, often occafion is giuen off iirther matter , which a- 
 nfethfrom reading or meditation, which, by writing (hall 
 not be loft, but ifit it be not noted downe, it will, in follow- 
 ing the point in hand, fooneflip out ofminde,and hardly be 
 recalled, except memorie be very good,and fo be forgotten. 
 Note. Tl lerefore it is good to write, and in writing to haue a void 
 
 oremptiepaperby, tofet downe foorthwith what comes 
 to minde, which will after fitly ferue in the right place : wee 
 fee then writing by thefe reafons that it is exceeding profi- 
 table euery way' tor our felues and others : and nothing 
 , fhould let from this : Sed eft magni laboris, quern dejides nos 
 Attentand plerun^fugimus. Fourthly , vfe meditation ferioufly vpon 
 ferious medi- t h ac which thou doeft purpofe to fpeake,after it be penned. 
 "ha" therein Beware herein ofa wauenngminde,and by-thoughts : be- 
 to be obfei--. gin not immediately vpon wearinefTe, and ferious ftudic 
 ued. before, without feme relaxation betweene : not fudden 
 
 Maner. from one thing to another; nor vpon vehement padions, 
 
 as of anger, forrow,feare, ioy, and fo foorth. Take alfo time 
 for it: Namficut concottionicorporahfpatium damns & quie- 
 tem: it a & me dit attornment is ; qua mentalis quadam concoSlio 
 e$l% qua in anim&nutrimentnmcedat materia. How much is 
 fufficient to be allotted to meditation, is to be iudged from 
 euery mans induftrie, and abilittein cjuickneile of conceit, 
 andfirmenefTe of memorie to retaine, which is more or leile 
 ineuerieone. Hismcditationandjpainesmuftbefo, as that 
 he may preach fo often as is conuenient for the people. 
 Time, The time when : it is not good after meat, the vnder- 
 
 fbnding then is dulled : and as memorie is lefle able to 
 beare away, and minde to conceiue, fo itshurtfull for the 
 bodie , ferious meditation much hindring natures worke in 
 concoction. Secondly , it is beffcouer night immediately 
 before fleepe : and foorthwith awaking earely in the mor- 
 ning : aurora Mufis arnica : It may be lying ,(itting,(tanding, 
 or walking, as a man perceiueth what is bell: forhimfelfe^ 
 and is moft vfed vnto : butin walking bewareof oft turn- 
 ing : which is hurtfuil to the braine. 
 
 For 
 
For theplace, let it be folitary ,k ft with noife to the eares, r>\ 
 & vmetie oi obiecr to the eies, the mind be diftraclcd: nei - 
 thei 1. 1 it be too darke, nor yet too light: ameaneis beft in 
 all. Some in meditating doc vfe to lpeake and geftnre *, but 
 this is a fore wearing of die (pints, and too Hiitrionian like. 
 
 In thy meditation, two things arc to be thought vpon: Matter. 
 
 Firft, the nutter to be hand Jed, Secondly, the order, how 
 
 to proctede according to this former method fet downe : 
 
 doQtincs withp.-ooie, vfe with reaions, application with 
 
 preuentio.iofobhctions, an d finally thcconciufion. 
 
 For words, neuer be red vnto ihe.rr ?y.vr},ler>imiHtn ^Difcerrmodi- 
 , . , , . . ous to be tied 
 
 verbkutm yionaHfareprojerrc, c.uoa tatun chart is , & £0 vvolc ^ # 
 
 [cristas condones verbatim edi cere mult a habent incommcda. 
 Ithindrt:hdeuotion,reitraincih hbercieoHpeech Jtreqni- 
 reth much labour, and thereby makes the Alimfteneirke- 
 fometo iuch ; neither canfuch fpeake To often asisiequi- 
 fite,and as iuft occafion requireth. It poileilem a man with 
 fearc, which confounds memorie, it curbes the good moti- 
 ons of the (pint , and prcuems a man oi the benefit of iuth 
 things, as iu lpeaking might offer themfclues to h.s vnder- 
 ftanding. Vpon prelent occafion* iuch an one,can neither 
 lpeake more, nor otherwifc , than heehath committed to 
 memone before : a very g« eat hurt toamansMimftene: 
 and hinderancctothecouiie thereof in pronuntiationaho, 
 a lion, and ahVctton. If a man feare to want words , let him 
 b e ■• e'l prom d d for mattxr ; and words nqntr.mtA^t i qptem ur, 
 as one well fai.jb. 
 
 Fiftljf, and Liflly { if all thefe meanes ^e not fu Tcient to 
 helpe thy memorie ; thac io thou maiell de' luer thy minde, 
 both foi matter, and maner,as thou wou!de(t,and is thou 
 halt fer it downe without fade ) adde this help withall: note 
 thechiefe heads of th> fpecch briefly in a l.u.t pecceofpa- j^ dif?raee 
 per, a word or twoforeuery leue a ItHng, qx<t breuis deli- io note the 
 fteatto, erit memjrUprdfcnsfubficuim , ft in libra repo fit am #» chit fe heads 
 fix-tm earn admanum inter cona t liito habeas, oi 5 ,*' m ° 
 
 If any mould thinke this a fVg* -tec . it is not vnknowne,J,"r tohelpe* 
 how both inthe Vniueifitied '>-he:pluce>,many vers Itar rnemoric 
 
 N ' ued 
 
UU mjuiibJullVlxpheard. Uiap.ij. 
 
 ned and worthy Diuines vie jjiis helpe : cither taking vp lit- 
 tle paper bookes bound like Tettamenrs , or the Bible with 
 a paper failned in it : and thefe no whit at all lelle clteerred. 
 E'raf. lib, 2. demtione Concionandi^pag. 117. jpeakcs o\ this 
 matter, and faith, tutum eft capita \fernwnu in Chart a not am 
 habere ad. mamm, quod m Pfalmcs aliquot feciffe videhtr Att- 
 akflimts,& haudfcio (faith he)an in omnes, qiianquam vir mc~ 
 moriaad prodigmm v/^fcelici. So as we iec it is ancient and 
 nodifgraceatall. It was a common thing in Gregortes\ittit, 
 out or writings to fpeake to the people, as Hiperim hath no- 
 ted out of one of his Homilies vponcJ^r.^ 16. Its better 
 by this meanes, to helpe defeft of memory, tovtterallthy 
 labour,and with incouragemenr, without feare to Ipeake, to 
 vrge a matter affectionately , and to prof ecute things fullie, 
 as it pleafeth thee, (knowing at hand prefent hei pe,to keepe 
 thee in minde, with a little glance of the eie, where thou art, 
 and to bring thee fitly to that which doth follow ; all which 
 benefit thou hail heereby) than knowing thy memory to be 
 weake, prefumptuoullyto attempt to Ipeake without this 
 helpe, with feare, withfome discouragement, tofoHow 
 largely any point 5 ancTbyforgetfulnefleto deliuer little of 
 much,before thought vpon,or els confufedly to vtter diuers 
 things , and impertinent withall. It is more laudable and 
 profitable.than that conceited Arte of Memory ,difcommo- 
 dious diuers waics, yea and wicked alfo 5 asisproouedby 
 the learned. Natures want mull needs , and may by good 
 meanes, beelawfully holpen. Good gifts many haue from 
 God, yet with fome defect this way : good vnderftanding, 
 honell hearts, feruentzealeandfrecliberticoffpeech : the 
 benefit whereof, it were not well for the Church to lofe, for 
 fo little a defect, fupplied by fo good meanes, which to 
 fomc which wrkc well, and hatiea qoicke eie to the note, 
 is nohindrance to (lay them in vtterance, butafingular 
 encouragement, who can 16 fpeake , as if they neither had 
 note, neither needed the fame in the judgement of the* 
 hearers. 
 III. With vnderftanding and memorie muft be the gift 
 
Chap, i $ . Tl?efaitbfidl SbephearJ. X7 
 
 ofvttcrance, the freeliberrieof the toong without ftammer- Godly efo- 
 ing orlifping, readily and alio plainly , todeliuerthecon- cuence, ™d 
 ceitofthemmdc. This is the key to open the clofet there- how to beat- 
 of, by which men may fee thy apprehenfion, inuention, tc,uicd vn:o - 
 iudgemenr, and alio dilcernc thy hearts affection , ex cordis 
 abund.rnria os loquitur : words mult be fignirlcant and apt for 
 the matter in hand : and as wee mutt fpeakc plainly , fo pro- 
 perly. Albeit, as I laid before, wee a-e not ilauifhlyto 
 tie our ftluesto uords; yetm3y wee not neglect tofpeake When men 
 
 wifely, and as it is meete, in words, phrafes, commacs, r P c j kf a P t,y 
 
 . • ' . , c . r - c ,' and properly. 
 
 and periods : vanene or things require variety or words, r 
 
 and that is a proper Hpithet, and fie phrafe for one thing, 
 which is not meet for an other. Speake of warres like a 
 warriour and a martiall maninhistearmes : of Ciuill go- 
 uernment like a States-man : picture out viceinhisdefor- 
 mkie,and draw out vertue in her liuelycoJours:vtter threats 
 with words of terror* and the mercifull kindnes of the Lord, 
 with alluring fpeeches of confolation. Be not too bafe ; vfe 
 no foolifli tearmes nor ridiculous too meane for the matter, 
 for feare of contempt : not fcurnlous, nor railing common 
 tearmcs.Thefe be vndecent and not befeeming the itaid gra- 
 uitie of Gods AmbafTadours : preuent hatred. Be not too 
 lofty in hie tearmes, llrange fpeeches, or huffing words. Be- 
 ware of foolifh affectation, that we blaie not our pride, and 
 car too great folly. There is a godly eloquence, approued 
 by the Scripture : many fpeake well by nature, an excellent Godly elo- 
 giftofGod:andmanyby mdultrieattaineto commendati- quenceap- 
 on herein, by reading well penned works . bv hearing the proued^nd 
 Sermons of fuch as be endued with eloquence, byconuer- now "> bcat - 
 fing and talking w:th thofe that can fpeake well, and putting 
 in practife what they attainevnto, till they come vnto an ha- 
 bit. No man can, neither will any wife man condemneelo- q q [ 8# 
 quence,or forb;d by any good meanes,to atraine to the gift. 
 To fpeakc raflily , without diicretion in io holy things , is a 
 taking Gods name in vaine. All men mult order their words 
 with difcretion, much more in that place a jM milter. As 
 men write waril) , lomult they fpcake rcfpe6tiuely : neg- 
 
 N 2 led 
 
hefaitbfldl Shephzard. Chap, i ;> 
 
 le&oF right fpeaking occasions much milking. It hath 
 
 bredherelies; contentions haue and do grow hereby, and 
 
 many mens laboursare defpifed by neglect orchis, whole 
 
 paines might well be approued for the matter, arid become . 
 
 anefTe&nall miniftery through Gods blefiing, by hauing 
 
 care to fpeake as they ought. 
 
 Li- , . With the words there mnft be a care to the found of the 
 
 Orihe voice ~. , r c . c , 
 
 in fieakina,& voice. 1 he voice mult be .o fan e lirt vp, as it may alwaieS 
 
 howicrmil: be heard 5 but not (trained aboue natures power, neither 
 be ordered . one found thorowout, but tuneable, fifing or falling as the 
 matter required-! 5 fometimes more roundly , buteuer di~ 
 ibnctly , fometimes more deliberately . lhe voice is fo to 
 be guided as the hearers not vnderftandingthematter,may 
 yetby the manner diicerne whereabout you a?e: wee may 
 not be loud where we mould be low, nor fpeake cheerfully 
 in lamentable matters, nor mournfully in cauies of icioicmg. 
 If farther dire&ion be herein required, let thole perufe the 
 rules giuen for this in learned mens labours. 
 A Gracious ^' With tne tongue muft goe a gracious Jknttified 
 
 heart,and the heart, the tuner of the voice , euen as a man would haue it. I 
 benefit there- Fcra man of a gracious heart, neucr dehuererh thattoano-* 
 °f» ther j which he feeleth nor in fome mcafure in himfelfe : and 
 
 asheis arTe&ed, he cannot butendeuourfo to affect, other 
 with the fame. He feeth other mens mifenes, & fpeakes with 
 compalTion^eknowes the truth in himfeltc- and fpeakes 
 confidently, againft finne with hatred. of God with holy re- 
 uerence, of lodgements with feare. Words from fuch a hart 
 cannot be vttered, for and concerning Gods glory, but zea- 
 louilyto thepenitent,withafTe6i;ionoflouc,and in ioifull 
 hope of Godspromifescheerefully : to the oblbnate with 
 griefe,andmarpely pronouncing againft them with dread- 
 full threats, exhorting andencou r aging the vertuouswith 
 allendeuour, carefully admonimmg, and freely reprehen- 
 ding : yea euery way to all forts (o approving himfelfe in the 
 finccrity of his heart. as the wicked vnrecfameable (hall bee 
 bridled ) m3ny mail be wonne, and the godly Ihril mififie 
 his labours : he fhall fpeake with authority to mensconfei- 
 
 coces 3 
 
Chap . 1 3 . Thefalthfull Ski ' 89 
 
 ences, gracious words (hall proceede from him, and fuch as 
 hearehim, by feeling the workeofthe fpirit (ki!l,asi: is m 
 i.Ctfr.14.25. fall downe inhumilitie, worftijp God, and 
 plainly lay : God is in him afturedly. 
 
 V. Ac^mffycowttfndftceftioilampifhj not Frowning or Con 
 trefoil, not light, Knifing, as too full of laughter : but fober, 
 graue and modelt, framed after the godly difpofmon of 
 the heart j tque vnltm acfermo animi eft index. 
 
 VI. Areuerendgefltire ot thebodie,i*tobeeob(erued. SstmeJj 
 - The bod;e liable and righrvp, as nature ha:h framed it. The [ 
 
 head not wagging, the eies moueable , and thy right 
 hand onely as occafion fhall be offered, but liotalway mo- 
 iling. 
 
 Vnfeemelineflein countenance andgefture, is tobeea* 
 voided, which deformed pcrions, either fo by defc6t in na- 
 ture, or by accident, cannot auoid :and therefore not fo fie 
 to bee let vp in the roomeof God, and to ilandbefoie the 
 face of the Congregation, fuch efpecially as haue great ble- 
 mifhesinthe face, which cannot bee hidden $ bur are great 
 eifores to the beholders; lb the huckle backr,cr which want 
 an arme and fuch !ike>which cannot be hidden. Thele forts 
 tnult-ncedes want countenance and getture^vhich no waies 
 can bee amended , though fome luchbelbmetimesinthe 
 Mini(terie,and happily bielled therein. 
 
 Yet it is not laudable that parents (hould of all their chil- 
 dren thruit fuch into iheMmiitene; as if theworlf. weie 
 good enough for ir,and the more commonly too good: and 
 therefore brought vp to other inferiour callings. 
 
 • Some there be which hauecomelmelle or countenance 
 and nght proportioned of body, yet wantiecmcJ-ygeihire . - ant * 
 
 Fkfij either by rafh boldneilc, or an inconfiderare zeafc ".' j c 
 
 at the beginmug, and by heat of affection, which haue mo- how to be re- 
 lied them to violent motions, as calling abroad ot their formed, 
 armesjfmiting on thcPulpit, lining themieluesvp, and a- 
 gaintfuddcnly itouping downe very vnaduifedlv. Seccnd- 
 be 3 or by too grearTeareand baihrulnelTe, which caufeth 
 hemmings, fpitcing, rubbing the browes, hftingvp of the 
 
 N 3 (boulders, 
 
 
How to pic 
 tient vncome 
 ly ocltures 
 beforehand. 
 
 A godly con 
 uerfation. 
 
 The godly 
 vertues re- 
 quired in a 
 Minifter. 
 Vnreproua- 
 ble. 
 
 N^> Nouice 
 
 (houlders , nodding of the head , taking often hold of the 
 cloakecrgowne, (idling with the fingers vpon thebreaft, 
 buttons, ftroaking of the beard and fuch like toies. Thirdly t 
 or els by afting vpon a ftage* who cannot but fliewtheic 
 vaine and phantafticali motions ridiculoully in a Pulpit 
 which they haue vfed in prophane paftimes. 
 
 The full Teeming furious, may amend by confiderate de- 
 liberation. Thefecondfcarefull, by getting a godly bold- 
 nefie, confidering himfelfe as a fpeaker vnto man, from and 
 intheroomeof the Lord God Almightie. 7 he third thra- 
 ibnicall , may amend by ferious confideration of the diffe- 
 rence of the anions. 
 
 But to preuent thefe, before we begin , it is good to ob- 
 . ferue : Firft, what is comely in others, whac defecliue. Se- 
 condly, to confider our owne wants, thirdly, to haue fome 
 faithfull friend to note vs and to admonifh vs,left wee get an 
 vfe of an euill before we be aware, and Co cannot amend the 
 fault,neither as wefhould,noras we would. 
 
 VII. A Minifter mult, be a good Chriftianin conuerfati- 
 on, els hardly will hebefo efTecluall a Preacher as he ought 
 to be. Heerel thinke not amilTe to fetdowne the properties 
 of a Minifter of the Gofpell, as the Apoftle both in his 
 Epiftles to Timothic and Tit tit hath fet downe. 
 
 I. Vnreproouable , and of vnblameable life , yea etien 
 with thofe that are without, i.limoth.^. 7. d v dy**.m@-*Tit+ 
 1 . 6. qui ob aliquod atrox fcelus in ius vocari nonpoteftieftver- 
 bumforenfe, abet^priuatiua particular interferiturobfequen- 
 tem vocalem euphonU gratia, &**» in, & xAtmV vocatus, 
 non vocatus in it*s,ob tytxti(ut t atroccm imuriam, quale eft adul- 
 terium,furtum,ebricta,s,& huiufmodi \ quibm criminibm Mi- 
 nifterEuangelij omninlvacare debet. Apoft.adTim.MiTnhm^os, 
 alio vocabulo vtitur, is eft in quern nulla fiat tuft a excepts. 
 
 II. He may not be a yoongfcholerrhe faith nor, ;*§-,/#- 
 uenis )fedn<>$vm, nouitim : non intelligitur de iuuenejed de eo, 
 qui recens inftituitur, & rudis eft adhuc eorum.qua ad minifte- 
 riumfunt necejfaria: n'apv n^.eBnuper plant at us, & ecclefi.t infi- 
 tus, quales erant Catechummi\es~i a yb& qvtov, noua "plant a. 
 
 1 1 1. Watching 
 
 I 
 
Chap, i 5 • The faith full Sbephcard. 9 1 
 
 1 1 1. Watching, rnpaX/©^ is eft,qninec nimio, nee intempe- Watchful!. 
 ftiuofomm eft deditus\a \ h valde & $d\t&,fplcndidHS , vel al- 
 bas \forfan quia, aliefcit, dumfemper in libris, chart is , noclu, 
 dtu^ afti Juris, & accubans eft. 
 
 I V. Temperate, r.czs^dv ,t emperans ,quifuos it a ajfetlns po - Temperate 
 tcft moderari, vt in rebus omnibus modum conferuet optime : a 
 riafcruo •, & tplw mens . Nam qui modum vult tenere, mentem 
 feruare oportet, vbi etenim regit affeclus, ibimens perit,& talis 
 eft homo yuw c/jfyS- . 
 
 V. Modc^YJ^xiQ-^modfftus.compofttus: quidam de inter- MocUft. 
 no cultu exponent, & yjyfitof, dicunt eum ejfe qui defeipfofentit 
 conueni enter, & alios non deficit : alij de externo habit u inter- 
 pretantur. Apoftolus, nee fordidum vult, nee indecent er veftiri 
 Epifcopum .'aMTfA®-, mundus,fic dicitur ab or dine concinne di- 
 gefto. 
 
 V I. HarborouSjf/XoJsj-©- > hoJpitalis,qui peregrinos & ad- Harborous. 
 ftenas ac prxcipue exules propter veritatis profejfionem hofpitio 
 excipit, o~ omnibus officijs complcllitur : a ?/a©- , amicus , & 
 &iL, hojpitalitas, aut£i y Q- hofpes : Oris eft qui excipit vel ex- 
 cipitur. 
 
 VII. Apttotcach; J) JMKTJK&, ad docexdum aptus, Ofea Ability to 
 4. 6. Quamuis enim pie viuere oportet paftorem 3 decetquefe teacn - 
 
 it a exercere, vt intemerata confeientia & bonis moribus jit pr<e- 
 ditwfemper, quo dollrinam cohoneftet in omnibus , & feipfum 
 reclefaclorum cunclis exemplum prxftet : non tamenjine erudi- 
 tione, Cj7- atijs etiam dotibus animi ad munw per agendum ncccf- 
 farijs •, Ex hone ft a Conner fat ione idoneum ejfe mimftrum exifti- 
 memw? bom mores Chi iftianum fir um, non Mimftrum Jimp li- 
 cit er indicant. 
 
 VIII. Gentle, ^h'^, lenis velmitis , u qui de iurefuo Gentle. 
 concedit pads causa, & qui iniurtas moderate cjrplacido ammo 
 
 f err e pot eft : alij interpret ant urftc, Imeiw eft <zquus,qui omnia 
 non adfummum ius exigit,nequefuumpertinacitcr tuetur \ non 
 fe content iofum vlla in repr<tbet *, ab hm , de, & hw , cedo . . 
 
 IX. 7VM.8. Aloucrofgood things and good men,e/**- venue and 
 >a9©-, rerum & virorumbonorumamans, a^'th®-, amicus, ve/vcruwut 
 amator,& a^'8©-. rctfons. 
 
 N 4 X. Righteous, 
 
X. Rlghteou$ r £^&,iuftr*s,qmfitHpi cuiqttctribhb': 
 J " j X I . Holy ; a <AQr ^pius/anBuj^i deum timet \ ab &»,/%- 
 
 ° y ' clita-s. . 
 
 Continent XII. Continent, or temperate,^x/j*7>V,Contmence, tem- 
 
 perance , proprte is efi^ut in rem aliquam impermm habet^qui 
 appetitumfao domino nemperationijitbtjcerenoiiit 5 hac virtus 
 fe oppomt mails omnibus affe ?tibus, & bonos duck & regit: pr& 
 ceteris exceliit, & tumma eft \abhf,& k? ctrioyFinco. 
 A bold and X 1 1 1. A fait holder of the trueth^V^,-^;'^- Jenax/oli- 
 
 conihrn pro - citus,qui tenax eftfiielis illius fermonls ; qui ad dcEtrimm facit, 
 ktT&i: vt Apofiolns ak, 1 [ id o. ab omtj, coram 3 aduerfum,& \ ^ ^ha- 
 
 beo. Atque haclenus de virtutibus fmgulis ,quas omnes in £uari- 
 gelij pajhrerequirit Apostolus. 
 , ' Now for the vices which he oughr to bee cleere from: 
 
 be. -molded. For he mull be as ye haue heard, vnreproucable, 
 
 efpecially ofcheie. 
 Frowardnes. \ NotfTOW&rd i ew.y*M,nonJtbipertwac'iterplacens i qui 
 fuam duntaxat inopimombus approbare fo/et, ahorum omnium 
 fententiam contemnere \fuaperfona 9 mdicio 9 moribus contcntusi 
 hincfi:>vt interpret es varie hancvocem exponunt , cw }& J *$ Su- 
 per bus, audax, prxfraclus,pertinax, inobediens, iracundus> a~ 
 [per moribus , & diffijili quadam natura implacabilis , qua, 
 omvi.i op time iflius mi di quadrant: ab ojjt^- ,ipfe , & ctJh), pla- 
 ceo,nam fibi ipfi placet \ maiorefl dcftulto fpes, quam dehoc, 
 Prou. 26.12. v<t Mi, q'kjibifapiens videtur, &fuo iudicto pru- 
 dens,]L\'ci.y22. 
 Couetoufnes. ^'* ^ OC co U tlolli **9'**?Y'P&/i° ****?& .pecunu cupidus: 
 ab *, pri/tatiua partkuL, & $\k'& , amicus, & J^yuf Q- , argen- 
 tttm\ hoe autem j,b icy £r,rJbur, & 'Jcmv 3 fauus.Nwnmus enim 
 auaro eft a'petlnpulcher, & fruclum wftarfam dulcis\ Cuius 
 for cUdmklev el intuitu, vel admiratjouefatiatj& dijeedaf nun- 
 quam } auide inhians explereneqmt, 
 Greedincfle I * '• No: g^ea to filrh ' \nc e 'hyr^joth.non turpem 
 of D aiac» ejtUftumfaciens : ab afr^ef, turpe , ob'ecenum, &yui^Q-, lu- 
 crum.Ccgitatio Mtniftrinonerk in tcrrajcrrefirtacuraremn 
 debet PhsJ. -.19. 
 Exceflc ia . J V. Not giuen to Wme,t^ xd&iv2- f notivw r-tafi 
 
 fijpd.nt, 
 
l Mjaiwjuu oveprxwa. y 2 
 
 ttjfidens, nonfeSlatorvini, vinofus y vinolentus. Hicpervinum^' m ^ m Z ^d 
 intelligitur om,ie genus pot us inebriantisyvinum ipfum Fernet urn, eatin S' 
 ceruifta. Et if xtt&r.ct dicuntur , non quifolum belluino more in- 
 ebriantur 3 fedqui adpotandum fortes , & adfundendumpotum 
 rebufti, qui indulgent pot at ioni, mult ov mode din, i . Tun. 3 .8. 
 vt velnaftu rubeat, velpalefcat vultus, qui oenepolmm aut do- 
 main Cerutjiarij frequent ant, qui mane fur gunt , Grprorogant 
 ad Crepufculumvfque a dduculo; quidenique redeunt &pocu- 
 Ufubinderepetunt: a^J, ad,& 0I7Q- , vinum ; ApudHero* 
 ditum capiturpr§ potu ex hordeo etiam confetlo : la^ir©-, An- 
 glice, an Ale-ftakc. 
 
 V« No ftrikcr, uV 55*3x77*, pugnax, pereuffor, cuius manus lighting »d 
 non eftpraceps adpercutiendum : T\riKV!(,eftvtr Marti] caloris, S uarrcilm S* 
 &miIitarisferocU, qua nihil minus Chnftiferuos decet , qui 
 ttd litesfuagrauitate pacandas, quam ad itlumpugni, ne die am 
 gladi] infligendum y promptiores ejfe debent ; W •& mkkpnn't a 
 percutiendo 5 quidam exponunt conuitiatorem, turgatorem, qui 
 lingua ferit. 
 
 VI- No fighter, A(ia.yJ&, non litigiofus, alienus apugnis, a Contention^" 
 iurgijs : Interpretes vixinter h*c duo perjpicue differ entiampo- £ n -° in g an< * 
 nuntiab a priuat'iuaparticula, & fxa.^yMj, contendo 3 ftuefit ver- °* 
 
 bis content to fiue pugnis : qui omne contentionum genus vitare 
 fiudet. ApoftclusadT'\t.i.\ T <x{.7.pro ^xAyQ- ,dtcit ^ ofyi\@- 3 
 noniracundusy nonpronus adiram, nonbilofus , Anglice, cho- 
 lerickc, teftie,of a hafty nature: quamanimiprauitatem mul- 
 tis in locis libn Prouerbtorumvituperat Solomon. 
 
 Thus we fee how that the Mmifter muft both bee an ex- 
 ample of vertue and flie all vice, fo the Apoftle teacheth 
 and exhorteth vnto, 1 . Timoth. 4. 1 2 . Tit. 2.7.1 .Peter 5.3. 
 Heerby (hall a roan better vndcrftand that which he fpcaks, 
 John 7. 17. and the doctrine of truth : And to fuch hee 
 hath promifed to (hew his will , Amos 3. 7. Pfalme cj. 
 8. Such (hall fpeake experimentally from themfclues : 
 for as one faith : Qui pitts non eft \ vtcunque Scripturarum 
 teneat intelligent iam , tamen interior em fenfum & experienti- 
 am verbi corde non pereipit : A godly life is a Seale to found 
 doc~hine. 
 
 O Common 
 
-yqr jwjaiwjuu ^xppeam; v^nap. 1 5 . 
 
 Common people rcfpect more a good teachers life, then 
 his leanng, and reuerence the perlon, and net his prea- 
 ching to much : As Herod did John Bapt/fl , OWarkj 6. 20. 
 It adorneththe Gofpclhfpurreth on other occalloneth men 
 fenfiblictothinkeofgodlinefle, itftoppeth the flanderous 
 mouth of the wicked : with more fcfoldiieflealfo may a Mi- 
 The euill rufterrcprooue wherein hee iscleerc. On theconrrarie, a 
 methbv a " n^nofleaudconueifation, occafioneth fcandall, he is not 
 preacher of woorthy to (land in the roome of the holy God. Such 
 Laud cornier- God is difpleafed with highly, Pfal. 50. 17. they caufe 
 facion. his name to bee blafphcmed , %j?n. 2. and his worlhip to 
 
 be abhorred, 1 .Sam.i. 1 7.TI1 e Preaching of Gods word ,the 
 Lords ordinance, to bee nothing accounted of. They dare 
 not reprooue finne, left they blafe their owncarmes :Pray 
 they cannot,butformally : The wicked call not vpon God, 
 Pfal. 1 4. Their words are vnprofitablc , becaufe their life is 
 abominable. 
 
 Nam quifanadocetitaith Nazianzcn)^ turpitervmit 3 vn^ 
 manu pomget, quod altera rapit. Chry foftome on Matt.2 5 . 
 faith : Dottor ecclejia, bene docendo , & bene viuendo , inftruit 
 populumtfttomodo debet viuere : Maleviuendo inftruit Deum, 
 qttomodo eum deb eat condemnare. 
 
 Andafluredly fearefull wrath abideth fuch, Pfat.50.22. 
 Iant.q. 17. Luk^ 12.47. i.Sam. 2.17.23". who tranfgreiTe 
 with the lanterne in their hand , and word of Reformation 
 in their mouches: whofefinnes therefore mud be the grea- 
 ter, their damnation iuft, and punifhment the more. 
 A ooodhbra- V 1 1 1. And laftly, a Minifter mud haue a goodlibrarie, 
 rie and good meanesmuftbe vfed, thehelpeof thclearned. Extraordi- 
 maimenance. narie Reuelations are now ceafed. And to make vp all,both 
 to prouide things neccilarie,to continue him in ftudy,to en- 
 courage him in labour: He mud: not want fufficient mainte- 
 nance. Some haue fufficient, but very many too little,caufed 
 by Sacrilegious Patrons, and other defects, begun by Anti- 
 chriflian praclifes, and Ail continued by carnall hypocrites, 
 who profeiTc hatred againft the Pope for his couetoufnefle, 
 herefie, and tyranny, and yet they ceafe not robbing the 
 
 Church, 
 
I 
 
 Chap. 15. Tl?efaitbjhiUSkei heard. ^5 
 
 Church, by their auarice,blafphemingtheGofpclI by their 
 impictie: but let 'hcmlookefor their defcrucd reward, ac 
 the hands of God in due time. 
 
 And thus much aifo for thefe Generals, which mud in a 
 Minifters calling runnecueric where thorovvout , asveincs 
 in thcbodiejto preferue life : he will hault if any ofthde be 
 
 wanting 
 
 The vnderftanding findeth, memorie reteineth, the 
 tongue deliuereth, azealousand gracious heart enforceth, 
 comely gefture graceth , a goodlifebeaunfieth, alibrarie 
 furtheretn , and a competent lining arumateth , preuencs 
 cares, anddiftra&ionsofminde. 
 
 And one thus qualified is a woorthy Minifter, to haue 
 place in the Church with due regard andrcuerence. 
 
 IVdge wee rightly , if this labour like thee , fo ap- 
 prooue if it , and I thanke thee : but if it bee not 
 to my will ^ and thy contentment , know, that Ber- 
 nardus non videt omnia. Boethyendeuour to 
 per for me a better w or ke heerein, 1 will 
 Acknowledge my defects y and 
 bee thankfu/l for thy 
 labours. 
 
 o z 
 
!> 
 
THE 
 
 SHEPHEARDS 
 
 PRACTISE: 
 
 Or 
 
 His maner of feeding lifs 
 
 Flocke. 
 
 Printed by ssfrnold Hatfield for John BUI. 
 160$. 
 

C L A R 1 S S i M O 
 
 VirO D. I O H A N N I F A V O R , 
 
 Sao\e TlieologWDoftori, Mctgn<t illimVicarlt 
 
 de Halifax FaQori vigilantiflimo , ftioque 
 
 Amico integerrimo, R. B. fuam banc praxin 
 
 Paftorakm dj at, confecrat, om- 
 
 cucfrecatitr optima. 
 
 DJitm Qvir doRifiime) <s*gra* 
 tm & obferuaus. 'Bemuolcnti* 
 am tuani agnofco rton Vulgarem. 
 Tent quod mgrato ; fednon quod 
 facts grato <vnqium. Munufcu* 
 lum ttfttm mitto & epijlolam: 
 tfl h*c brents jllud exiguum ; njtrunque t amen fence* 
 re ex ammo. Te quojludio colam hincfcw, £r qua 
 tut mcmoriamreligionc conjeruare <velim. Inter mi* 
 nimos tuorum egoforfan numerandm : a Maximo* 
 rum tamen nemmeme Jtnam (qua in repotero)fupc* 
 rari. Vitioremjtne dubio habeas beneuolum,fideliQ* 
 rem autem proculdubio nunquam. Hoc qualecunque 
 quod impr<efenti arum tibiojfero>pcrpetub crit eiws rei 
 pignm. Oroigituraccipids (a?irco!endiJ$ime)eobi* 
 
 4 lm 
 
ldri<vtdtu> quo amicos femperfoles , rcmoblatam. 
 
 Sic enim intelligam in me nouum beneficium colla* 
 
 turn. Habes me deuinclifiimum ; perge igttur$recor> 
 
 tuum amare Barnerdum, cut te diu Dem Opt. 
 
 Max.confemetincolumem. EMuftob 
 
 nofiro pauperrimo Worfopiae, 
 
 O&ob. 12. 
 
 Tibi ad omnia par atifi. 
 
 in Cbr. Iefu : 
 
 RlCHARDVS BARNERD. 
 
SHEPHEA 
 
 PRACTISE 
 
 R D S 
 
 UV fl 
 
 Or 
 HIS MANER OF FEEDING 
 
 his Flocke. 
 
 T was (belouedintheLord)afingu- A ^thce to 
 lar commendations in the ThefTalo- g^ lhc 
 nians, that they heard the word and 
 receiuedit, not as the word oilmen, 
 but as it was indeed the word of i.ThcflT.nj. 
 God : whence it came to palTe , that 
 God vouchfafed to fpeak vnto them 
 effectually : for as men eftecme of 
 the word , euen fo thereafter becommeth it profitable. 
 Whileft men do imagine Gods word to bee butmans voice, 
 the Lord will not reueale his will. Of this his dealing fee in- x ^ 
 ftance in Samte /. God fpake once and twice to him, he fup- 
 pofed it had beene £lus call : and fo tooke the voice of 
 God, as the voice of man. And till heegaueouer that con- 
 ceit , God held backe from him his fecrct counfell : but — ~^ 
 when the Lord fpoke the third time , and Samuel had lear- 
 ned to difcerne of the fpcaker, and knew that it was God, 
 faying, Speake Lord for thyferrtant hexreth, then God made 
 knowen his will, and acquainted him with his purpofe con- 
 cerning the houfe of Elt. You fee chtn (Brethren) in com- 
 
 P ming 
 
 10. 
 
1 be&fiepbeards 'fratttje 
 
 ming to heare, what account you ought to make of the word 
 in hearing. It is man now thatfpeaketh,butit isGodsword 
 which is taught. You behold one like your fellies : but ;f y ou 
 reuerently attend, you may percciue another aiding his 
 owne ordinance •, through whom the word fpoken by man 
 is effectual! to cuery true beleeuer, the power of God to fal- 
 Kom.T.i6. uat j on . y ca the fauour of life vnto life, or the fauour of death 
 2 ' ff" n:o death. Heare then (Beloued) but yet take heed how 
 
 vZJ* you heare the word of the Lord , as it is written by the Pro- 
 f^s P nec H°ff* hi the fourth Chapter of his Prophccie , and the 
 
 £ift verfc : the words are thefe 
 
 The text out Heare the word of the Lord , yee children of Ifrael \for the 
 of the Canon Lord hath a controuerfie with the Inhabitants of the land \ be- 
 of the Scrip- caufe there is no truth , no mercy , no knowledge of God in the 
 
 land. 
 The Author This portion of Scripture is a part of that which the Pro- 
 of the woi ds. phet Hofea fpoke vnto the people of Ifrael, the ten tribes, to 
 whom he was fent, and prophecied in the daies o£ Jeroboam 
 the fecond , when Ifrael was freed from exceeding bitter af- 
 flic~tion,and now flourifhed in profperity fora time : yet for 
 all this did they not ceafe from their wickednefle , fo that 
 God agame changed his workes of mercy into dreadful! 
 iudgements to their fubuerfion , and vrter ouerthrow at the 
 ft The occafion length: of which the Prophet was fent to forewarne them, 
 and c nufe of to ihew co them their wickednefTe, and fo by manifeftingto 
 the P ro ph<cy. the people their finnes, and laying to them Gods iudge- 
 ments for the fame, they might either be brought to repen- 
 tance, or left inexcufable inthc day of Gods wrath and ven- 
 An apt text geance. This Scripture is not vnfit for thefe our times,it may 
 times a l°°' cni S gkflfe to all chc inhabitants of this land, to 
 
 whom, as 0/ea(a\Av> Ifrael, all theMinifters of this Land 
 may fay : Heare the word of the Lord , ye peopleof Eng- 
 land: for the Lord hath a controuerfie with the Inhabitants 
 Thcvfe heer-°frhis Land : becaufe there is no truth , nor mercy , nor 
 of; from the knowledge of God :n the Land. Therefore hearken there- 
 Author ihe unco? as being tn? .vords ofthe et email God ; this prophe- 
 SufcT n ^ Ci€0 ^^ being authentical!,for that it is alleged by Crnfl: 
 
 and 
 
TheShepheards P'raBifi. $ 
 
 and his Apoftles in many places of the New Teftament. Matti.ij. & 
 And confider alfo how it commeth to pafTe that the mouths ?• J ? . 
 of Gods Prophets arc filled with words of wrath, and that R ^ n ? ,z * # 
 they become accufers of men , and publiihers of offences: x * oux *** 
 euen for that people will needs fin , to prouoke the Lord to 
 anger : for this caufe doth God fend his meftengers with 
 words ofreproofe and threatning, by fhame and feare to re- 
 clame them , or elfe to haften Gods iudgements vpon them 
 to their confufion. If this dealing bee fharpe, and that you 
 cannot away with it, blame not God, finde no fault with 
 Gods mefTcngers , whomuft tell Iacob oftheir finnes, and Efai.j8.i. 
 the houfe of Ifrael oftheir tranfgreffions , and denounce 
 iudgements too , except they amend : butcrieout of your 
 felwes, fearch and trie out your ownc ill waies, and condemn 
 your felues : ceafe you to fin, we will not accufe : repent,and 
 we will not meddle with iuftice : feelce peace by well doing, 
 and we will publifh the comfortable promi fes of mercy ; 
 otherwife as you cauie wrath, io mult we contend with you: 
 for as you your felues are, euenfo will the glafle of Gods 
 word prefent to vs your picture, after which only muft wee 
 decipher and (ct you foorth. 
 
 The words in this verfe,with the reft of the Chapter,fitly ™ cohere 
 accordeth with that which goeth before : for from the verfe in t j, e p ro , 
 14. of the fecond chapter, the Prophet hauing fpoken of phets tea- 
 Gods great goodneflc and mercie to his faithfull and chofen ching. 
 people truly penitent, for to comfort them, left they fhould 
 haue been difcouraged by that which before he had fpoken 
 againftthe houfe of Ifrael : heeheere againechangethhis 
 ftile,ceafing from words of confolation, and retunaeth to 
 fpeakc againe to the wicked and impenitent of matter of de- 
 flation, rhat is, oftheir finnes and iudgements due for the 
 fame : which hee doth to preuent their flattering of them- Thcfconc. 
 felues with hope of mercy,from the Prophets words which 
 hee had fo comfortably fpoken to the godly , for feare that 
 thereby the difobedicnt fhould haue taken more occafion, 
 vainly deceiuingthemfelues, to haue grown more prefump- 
 tuousinfinne,asthemanerofthcvngodly is •, who neither 
 
 P 2 know 
 
4 ThiShepheards Traftife. 
 
 know themfelues altogether debarred of mercy , till they a- 
 mend, neither know the vfe of mercy, to bring them to a- 
 mend, when they enioy them. 
 
 A om-a hvafc ^ nc * * c IS ' as *^ tne ^ ro P net ^^ &*& : Thus much concer- 
 pUmly ihcw- ning the comfort belonging to the obedient, andthepubli- 
 ing the cohe- filing ofpeace to the poore in fpirit : Now I returne againc 
 rencc with yntoyouthe wicked and rebellious Ifraelites : Ifraelitesin 
 t jj edrl ^ f b name , but not indeed. Ifraelites afcer the flefh, and fothe 
 whiclTthc y children of Ifrael : but not the Ifrael of God, the feed ofc^f- 
 grounds of braham&fex the fpirit : know you, that whilefr you fo (land 
 the do&rines out againfl: Qod , you haue no part nor portion in the mcr- 
 tobe gathe- c j es Q f q oc [ cowards the Saints s For therein no peace , faith 
 \ uidcmWa^- Goc *> vnt0 ^ e w ^ c ^' Looke you ,* y ee gainfaying people, 
 wcare. ' looke you for iudgementsiufllydeferued, for the Lord hath 
 Efai.57.n. a controuerfiewkh you, becaufe you haue no truth , nor 
 
 mercy, nor knowledge of God among you. 
 
 Thedo&rine From the Prophets method and order of proceeding to a 
 
 from the co- mjxt p eo pj e> wee may learne the paterne of true preaching, 
 
 IlC *thod ^ an dofrightdiuidingofthe word, that is, the Law and Go- 
 
 fpell vnto a mixt Congregation. The Law to the ftubburne 
 
 to breake their hearts , and the Gofpell to the repentant to 
 
 A rcafon of comfort their fpirits . The reafon is, for that they haue their 
 
 the doctrine. f eu erall operations , as the wicked and godly are diuersby 
 
 nature and grace : the one obflinate, and wilfully rebellious, 
 
 the other humble and of a contrite fpirit. And therefore 
 
 though mercies doe belong, and are to bee preached to the 
 
 penitent : yet iudgements are the portion ofthe impenitenr. 
 
 A Scripture This the Apoftle witnelTethinthefccond Chapter to the 
 
 alleged to Rcm.'m the verfes 7. 8.9. icwhereheediuidethtotheone 
 
 prooue it : anc { t0 t | ie otner a hfce due. For he faith, that to fuch as doe 
 
 yvit vani u- wc jj belonsieth. vlory, honour andpeace, in the 1 o. verfc , and 
 juration thcr- te> & J f\ -■ ' .... 
 
 of '(hewing euerlajttngufe, verie 7. but to the diiobedient , indignation 
 how it proo- and wrath , tribulation and anguijh vpon the foule ofeuerj one 
 ncthit. that doth euill, of the lew firft, and alfo of the Grecian , in the 
 
 Example in- S.and 9.verfes. Of which doctrine we haue in this our Pro- 
 ftanring the phet a plaine pra&ife, and that princely Prophet Efaias , in 
 f ime. " the 8. Chapter of his prophecie, and in the 9. of the fame. 
 
 And 
 
Tlie Sbepheards Tra&ife. 5 
 
 And therefore is this docTrine to bee embraced, as the truth 
 of God,from whence arifech this vfe of lnitruclion : 
 
 That all the MiniftersofChnftmuft learnethis point of General! vfc 
 godly wifdome, thus to diuide Gods word aright vnto their of inilmflion 
 Auditories 5 to preach mercy to whom mercy belongeth, to Mimfters. 
 and to denounce iudgement freely againft the reft. This 
 courfe the very nature ofthe word bindeth vnto, ifwee con- Rf a *" ons ro 
 fidertheLawandtheGofpell : the ncccfficy ofthe Hearers, ™forceth« 
 being now r a mixt company of good and bad , ef eleft and 
 reprobate, and of txut Nathaniels and Ananiaffes, fincere and 
 hypocrites : for it keepeth the one fort from prefuming that 
 they fecurely perifli not in fin, and the other from defpaire, 
 being humbled truly for fin. This is that which the Apo- 
 ftle doth exhort vnto, z.Ttm. 2. 1 y. which maketh a Mini- a .Tim.2.jy. 
 fter approoued before God intheworkeofhis Minifterys 
 this eftabliflieth the hearts ofthe Hearers •, and by thus dea- 
 ling the word faithfully, itbecommeth the fauour of life , or 
 death, vnto the liuing and the dead. 
 
 Therefore are we ofthe Miniftery heereprefentto make Application 
 confeience in deliuery ofthe word, thus wifely and faithful- t0 ^ c patent 
 lytodifpenfethefame. For it becommeth vstobefaithfull, K ear ,i rs ' 
 1 . Cor. 4. 2. now this is a point offaithfnlneiTe to deale vnto „& rea f onf 
 euery one his owne portion. Wee doe ftand in the roome of alfo. 
 God : wemuftfpeakeasheewouldfpeake,andashee com- i.Cor.4.». 
 mandeth leremie faying , Thou th erf ore trujfe vp thy loines, IerIJ 7« 
 and arife andjpeake vnto them all that 1 command thee. Mee 
 
 thinke I heare you fay , ycu could willingly preach the p ^ c " cn ; 10A 
 
 , r r t 1 9-i.» orobiecuons. 
 
 words of comfort to the repentant; but not io threat iudge- 
 ment to the impenitent. And why fo (my Brethren) I pray 
 you ? what are your Hearers mighty ? fearenot their faces, 
 left Goddeftroy you before them. Are not you the AmbaiTa- Icr - T * J 7» 
 dours ofthe Almighty ? Remember your office to fulfill it, 
 leaucthefucceiTetoGod. Calltomindethe courage ofthe 
 Prophets, they fhranke not for feare. Thinke of Chrift, of 
 John Baptift y o£thc Apoflles,how thefpintof the Lord came 
 vponthem, and how conftantand bold they were to fpeakc 
 the truth in the name ofthe Lord. The euill difpofcd can- 
 
 P 3. net 
 
The condu< 
 (ion. 
 Icr.48. 10. 
 
 The vfe of 
 
 correction, 
 
 with applies* 
 
 tion. 
 
 The firft fort. 
 
 Gal. 1. 10. 
 
 Preuention 
 ©fobie&ions, 
 
 Meanes to 
 amend. 
 
 The fecond 
 fort reproo- 
 Hcd. 
 
 6 1 be bhepbeards Traclije. 
 
 not goe as farre as they will : but as God is pleafed. Luther 
 our late Apoftle, as I may Co call him, fought with the Dra- 
 gon, and withftood the power of the Beaft , and reprooued 
 euen Kings with conftant courage, yet did hee die in peace. 
 Wherefore let vs not be daunted, letvs not doe the work of 
 the Lord deceitfully : it is neceiTary that thepeopleknow 
 their finnes, and the iudgements deferued for the fame : the 
 word bindeth vs to this duty , reafon perfwadeth , as you 
 heare. Examples are before to encourage vs , which if wee 
 doc follow , and yeeld obedience vnto , wee may certainly 
 looke for a blefllng. 
 
 Secondly from the doctrine we fee are iuftly reprooued 
 fuch Minifters as do not faithfully difcharge their miniftery, 
 as by the Prophets example they are heere taught : and 
 thefe bee of two forts : One which taketh the one part, the 
 words of peace, and preacheth alike plaufibly to all, only to 
 pleafe men: but if any ofvs bee fuch, know that you arc not 
 the feruants of Chrift, as the Apoftle faith. It was the pra- 
 ctife of falfe Prophets : It arguethno zeale to the truth. It is 
 true, you may hue fo in peace, may bee held peaceable men, 
 get alfo commendations, and fauour with aduanwge. But 
 woe to that peace, which depriueth a man of truepeace. 
 Woe to that praifeand profit ofmen, which will depriue vs 
 ofthepraifeof God, and the profit of eternall happinefle. 
 Oh (my brethren) what (hall it aduantagc you » to win all 
 the world,and to lofe your ownefoule? Such arelike to them 
 that profefle skill in curing, but haue onely one falue for c- 
 uery fore,which often doth poifon more than it healeth. To 
 amend this, ftriue to be zealoufly affected, to haue the fpirit 
 ofdifcerning, to be defirous to fee fruit of your labours, and 
 you cannot continue in this euill courfe, how peaceable fo- 
 eueritmayfeemevntoyou. Remember, that Chrift came 
 to bring a fword and not peace : not that a Minifterfhould 
 fethis people together by the eares 5 but that hcefhould 
 fpeake the word fo,as by Gods bleflingit might make a fpi- 
 fituall diuifion amongft them. The other fort of Minifters 
 are they, which inuert the Prophets order, threatningand 
 
 accufino; 
 
 
 
1 he SkeptedrdsTralEJe. 
 
 accuGng the godly, and applauding the wicked and vngod- 
 ly. Thefe are in their practife contrane to their cfrke;thefe 
 are reprooued by the Prophet Ez,echiel, cha 1319. 22. ver- Ezec h- : 3» 
 y*r, reprehending fuch as prom;ied lifetothofe that fhould 19 ' 12 " 
 not hue, and for making fad , whom the Lord had not made 
 fad, aad fo llrengtkened the hand of the wicked, thathee 
 fhould nor returne from his wickednefle, by prom:fing h:m 
 life. And offuch an vngodly practife of thefalfe Prophets, 
 doth Arwwjcompiainein his time. Thefe are thefalfe Tea- Icr.25.17. 
 chers, w ho tread in the fleps of falfe Prophets y feducingo- 
 ther, themfeluesbemgfeducedby that .ying Spirit, v ho 
 preuailcthinthe wicked , andisaharinthe mouthes of all 
 ialfe Prophets, Let vs heereot beware. Thiscourfcis not T ^ c «^orta- 
 after the fpirit of God , W ho is in his, To ?r each good tidings ",°£™ d con " 
 to the poore 3 to bindevp the brokenhearted: to preach lit? erty to Efaj.61.1 z. 
 the captiues , and to them that are bound the opening ofthepri- 
 fon : to preach the accept able jeer e of the Lord, and to the wic- 
 ked which go on in their (in, the day of vengeance of our God, 
 For indeed the Lordabhorreth the wicked.he will not fawn 
 vpon his enemies, neither ought fuch as fpeakc in his name 
 that way leaudly to abufe his word. Hee neuer healeth the 
 rebellious that repent not with his Euangelicall plafters,the 
 promifes of life, vntillthey bee wounded, and comcloaden 
 with griefeof (lnjdcliring refrefhmentrneither will he break 
 the reed already bruifed, nor quench the fmoking flax with 
 legall compunctions, with threats and terrors of his judge- 
 ment. To conclude, let it grieue vs, if we heerein any w ay 
 haue offended, and returne to God by repentance, and a- 
 mend, fo lhall God be with vs, peace remainefor vs,and we 
 fhall efcapethe curfe due to falfe Teach ers,v\ ho miflead the 
 people to their perdition. 
 
 And thus much for the doctrine of the Prophets order 
 and coherence. Now the drift, 2s you haue in part heard, is 
 to be called againe to your rememl rance,which was to pre- 
 ucnt the wicked , from fuppofing the comforts de.iuered to 
 the godly, to haue beene fpoken vnro them, and fo to haue 
 prefumed of mercy, when there is no caufe, which hecrche 
 
 P 4 endcuours 
 
3 i m ovepiieavas 'rracttje. 
 
 endcuours to take away by denouncing iudgements againft 
 Doftriae them. Whence we doe learnc , That the threatning of gods 
 from the incitements in a mixt Congregation after mercy, is a for eft ailing 
 p°^r" fh c f jv i c k>d mens prefuming of mercy. The reafon is , for that 
 doarinc and threatnings are dependances of the Law,and therefore haue 
 illuftrared by the force of the Law, which is to bindc the confeience of the 
 example. obftinate (inner to anfwer at the barre of iuftice , and fo ta- 
 keth away conceit of mercy, except he repent : which eui- 
 dently appeareth by theeffecl:s thereof in Hearers , making 
 fad the hearts of them , andcaufing them to humble them- 
 felues at the hearing of Judgements for finnes, and the fame 
 laid open vnto them, of which we haue pregnant examples 
 i.K. ii .17. in Achab, Nmiuites, Felix, and ofthe Iewes apprehending 
 Ionah 3. iudgementinthe knowledge of their fin , which made them 
 Act 14. i j. tQ cr -^ ^£ en an £ brethren whatjball we doe ? And therefore 
 Vfe" with Minifters knowing their Auditory , and hauing knowledge 
 reafons. ofthe people, that with the godly there bee wicked and ob- 
 ftinate per fons, they are in preaching mercy to the penitent, 
 to intermix iudgements for finnes, to preuenttheperuerfc 
 and wilfull , for taking hold of mercy before it be duly offe- 
 red . For it is the nature ofthe Law accufing man for finne, 
 and the threats of iudgements for the fame, not only to fore- 
 ftalltheapprehenfionsofmercy,butalfotobeatedownthc 
 pride of their hearts,and imagination of their fuppofed hap- 
 pinciTe, Confeience GodsinternallAccufer, being thereby 
 enforced to fpeake againft them , and to make them to take 
 notice of finne, and with feare to apprehend Gods dreadfull 
 difp!e.ifure for the fame. 
 How to doe, ^ T ° w to keepe downe the rebellious , that they may not 
 to for eft ill prefumefo audacioufly, by laying open their finnes, and by 
 the obftinate. (hewing ;he iudgements deferucd, we ofthe Miniftery muffc 
 bee f irmfhed and come fo armed vpon them , that if it bee 
 poflTiblCjbyaUthe meanes we may , they hearing fin folaid 
 open , and iudgements fo vrged by expreile threatnings of 
 God, and by fearefull examples of his vengeance executed 
 for the fame, may become thorowly afliamed of finne , and 
 be euen confounded in themfelues for feare of Gods heauic 
 
 plagues, 
 
Tl?e Shepheards Tracli/e. y 
 
 plagues, and fierce indignation againft them , fo as they in- 
 wardly fhall not dare in their wicked courfe of liuing, to go 
 on in prefuming of mercy . And let not any faithfull fcruant p r cu c 
 of God doubt to find the fruit heereof j fcr God will afTift his 
 owne ordinance , and as heehath appointed euery thing, fo 
 fhall it vvorke. Mens hearts fhall bee inade to bend to God s 
 word, and v4<r/?*£ihall be forced to humble himfelfe,though 
 he hate to heare E/id?,and do account him his enemy .What 
 ifthreats do not worke their properefTec"tseuerinthewic- •• 
 ked hearers, to make them ftoope ? fhall wee therefore not Km 
 goe on to vfe our endeuour ? fhall wee beleeue that it is not ^^ 
 the meanes to temper them ? Not fo. It onely belongeth vn- 
 to vs, to do what we are commanded, and for the fucceire to 
 leaue it vnto God, who beft knoweth when,where,and how 
 to worke vpon euery one to his owne glory. And therefore 
 let vs refolue heereupon , and make readv our weapons a- a^. 
 gainft the enemie, and fo contend with them by Gods 
 mdgements denounced, that the loftieft lookes of the pre- 
 fumptuous (inner may be humbled and brought low. 
 
 As we fee heerein our duty, fo alfo is it your part the Hea- Vfe to the 
 rers , when you heare of finne and iudgements , to applie P, eo P Ic a P- 
 them as corrafiues to eat vp the finne of prefumption , by *" 
 which they worke wickedneiTeand yet hope ofmercy.For 
 how can you heare of your finnes, and what finne is,what c- 
 uillitdoth , how it maketha wall of feparation betweene » 
 
 God and you, how it fubiecteth you againe to the bondage ^L 
 oftheDiuellj howitisadefpifingof Chrifts fufTerings ; a 
 treading vnder foot, and accounting as nothing the fhed- 
 dingofhis precious bloodjhow it prouoketh God to wrath, 
 to depriue vs of all blefTings,as the Angels were of Heauen, 
 Adamof Paradife, foinofGoAs prefence, 3^f#ofhis 
 birthright, Sdomim children of their fathers glory, all Ifra- 
 *7and ludnh of Gods protection •, yea how it makethvsin 
 our ftate woorfe than beafts, more accurfed than dogs,more 
 filthy in Gods fight than fwine, and more vnhappie than 
 the miferableft Creature that euer God made to line vnder 
 the cope of Heauen* How can you heare of this, and not 
 
 'cl 'fish 
 
s 
 
 fio-h in your hearts for your finnes ? how can wc prefume of 
 mercy, fo damnably liuing, and deferuing death ? Wherun- 
 to if you do applie the threats of iudgements deferued, as we 
 fhall denounce them againft finne*, that God will be auenged 
 on fuch, that his plagues (hall confume them, that his curfes 
 (hall follow them, in what they put their hand vnto,as Mc- 
 -^ o fes telleth yS^That hee ivill not be mercifuUtoJuch, bat hbs iea- 
 ca Z9* 1 9'. loujie {hall fmoake agamji them, all the plagues that are written 
 in his bookffball light vpon them, and jo will root out their name 
 from vnder Heatten. The Sea (hall drownethem as Pharaoh 
 was, the fire burnethcmjaslfraeliteswercjf.heearthfwallow 
 them vp quicke,as Corah was with his company,and all the 
 Creatures of God, the Lords hoaft (hall ftand euer armed a- 
 gainftthem, and at the Lords bidding lhallpurfue fuch, till 
 they be vtterly confumed. Can your earcsheare thefe things 
 ^m and your hearts not tremble ? Oh Adamants ! Can you 
 bleiTe your felues with hope of peace , andyetheareout of 
 4% Gods mouth,that all the plagues in his booke (hall light vp- 
 on you ? O mad imagination ! Ceafe (Brethren) if any fpark 
 of Gods feare bee in you, to hope vainly of mercy , wnileft 
 you go on in (in. Applie to your felues thefe things. 
 ?reuention. What though it bee fearefull hecre to behold fin in his 
 monftrous mape, and Gods irefull indignation againft you 
 for being fo linked with finne ? Let it not grieue you hecre to 
 be grieued,neither be troubled for that heere you fhall feare j 
 fo as your griefe and feare doe worke a breake-necke of fin, 
 the dread of Gods iudgements will eafilyberemooued rand 
 the more you behold finne, the lefTe you will like it, by Gods 
 grace j and the more you grow in difpleafure with your 
 felues for it, the farther are you from wrath , and neerer euer 
 to afTurance of mercy. So as albeit by this griefe and feare, 
 youfeeme to go to Hell, yet indeed it is but as it were, a fai- 
 ling thereby, and the pafTage to Heauen, fo be it repentance 
 Conclafion. w j c h amendment doe follow. Therefore bee willing to take 
 notice of your finnes : thinke not vpon other mens faults, 
 whileftyour ownc iniquities are laid open. Contrition is 
 wrought vpon the acknowledgment of your own offences, 
 
 and 
 
 * 
 
j. ne ovepniaras rracvije. n 
 
 and not by beholding the euils of other men. With confef- 
 fion of fin, apply the mdgements threatned againft fuch fin, 
 yea imagine your felues vndcr the plagues denounced , and 
 your felues to be made the very example of fuch in Scripture 
 mentioned, as haucbeenepunilhed for the like euils as you 
 finde your felues guilty of: fo will thereby a deeper impref- 
 fion or them be wrought in you,and you the more humbled, 
 fin truly detefted, and the plagues which you feare certainly 
 auoided, which the blefled God of Heauen, and the father 
 of all mercie and confolation grant you, for his Sonnes fake, 
 Amen. And thus much for the dodrine with the vfes alfo 
 from the fcope and intendment of the words in generall. 
 
 Now we come to the diuifion of the text , which hath What the 
 beene read vnto you : the words whereof in the beginning text is, and 
 are an exhortation, Hear e the word of the Lord, yee children tnc general! 
 oflfrael, which is the firft part. The fecond part is a reafon, pam r cr0 
 to enforce the exhortation, in thefe words : For the Lord 
 hath a controuerjie with the Inhabitants oft he Land. The third 
 part is a reafon ofthereafon, in the laft words : r Becanfe there 
 is m truth, nor mercie, nor knowledge ofCjodin the Land, 
 
 Thefe words , Heare the word of the Lprd, ye Children of Th f gr° ur ^ 
 Ifrael, are, as hath beene faid , an exhortation , which the ^ r - n ^ s ° "j. 
 Prophet prefixeth before his matter following, to prepare lowing; 
 the people by way of a Preface , and to ftirre them vp vnto which be- 
 ; attention, to hearken to that which folio weth. q.d. O yee crufetheybci 
 * fonnes of Jacob, ye Children of Ifracl, I do exhort you in the " l y J V 
 name of the Lord, to withdraw your mindes from other or j c fly t0U cl 
 things : liften and attend vnro the meiTage,euen the word of cd. 
 the Almighty,which I his mefTengeram commanded to de- 
 liuer vnto you. Whencearifeth from the Prophets pra&ife 
 thefe two lefibns : 
 
 Firft that it is fitting to vfe words of preparation to ftirre Doftrine. 
 vp attention. For men are dull of hearing , and vnapt as ill The icalon 
 ground , except they bee made ready to receiue the feed of oflt - 
 Gods holy word. Therefore hauethemen of God vfed pre- 
 paratiues to make their hearers to liften, as we may fee in E- ^ T z * 
 fay i,2. and in the next Chapter of th is Prophecie in hand 
 
 0^2 fo 
 
Vfewith rca- 
 fons to en- 
 force it. 
 
 lames 2. f. 
 
 Doctrine, 
 and the rea- 
 fon thereof. 
 
 .Tim,£.i. 
 
 Vfewith ar 
 guments to 
 ^enforce it. 
 
 ' jf" 7~- 
 
 fo alfo in the Aft. 13.16. and this not only in the beginning 
 but alfo vpon fome occafion, at fome fpeciall point , euen in 
 the middeft of the Sermon , as in lames 2.5*. Let vs of the 
 Miniftery then as we fee caufe,prepare our hearers,that they 
 may liften and attend to that which we fhall fpcake. We fee 
 it the practife of the men of God, the nature of man is vnca- 
 pable & needeth it. It will argue our care to haue the Lords 
 caufe reuerently heard , and that the people fhould benefit, 
 and wee not lofe our labour, infpeakingto thewandring 
 mind, the drowfie fpirit, orthefleepiehead, which are euer 
 as far from attention, as prophane Efaus are from deuotion. 
 Therefore let vs fay with the Prophet hecre in this place, 
 Heare the word of the Lord : with PWfometime, Men oflf- 
 rael, andyou that fear e God,hearken: and with lames : Hear- 
 ken my behued Brethren 3 thzt fo they may bee kept waken in 
 their fpirits, and held attentiue to the word which is 
 fpoken. 
 
 Secondly, that it is not only the Minifters of&ce, by do- 
 ctrine to inform e the iudgement of his people, but alfo to 
 vfe the words of exhortation. For a Minifter is euery way 
 to edifie the foule , by doctrine to enlighten thevnderftan- 
 ding,and by exhortation to quicken affection : for heereun- 
 to is exhortation appointed , and for which caufe the Apo- 
 flle conioineth them. Therefore let vs vfe words alfo of ex- 
 hortation with doctrine, becaufe we are fo exhorted 1 . Tim. 
 4-i 3. It is nccclFarie/becaufe it ferues for moouing and win- 
 ning of the heart , without which vndeiftanding will neucr 
 come into practife. For though vnderftanding muft euer 
 go before, to guide affection, left there be a practife beyond 
 knowledge, ina prepolterouszeale ; yet mud the affection 
 be quicknedropricke on knowledge, left the minde know 
 without any thing doing, or turne religion into policy ine- 
 uery point of practife. The godly doe looke for it,as a fpe- « 
 ciall thing wherein they delight, as \rrAEl. 13.15. where we 
 fee all rhat which was to be fpoken,is called by the name of 
 exhortation, fo much was the Church then affected with 
 the fame, and the Apoftles alfo much vfed it, A&jl*1 8.3 9. 
 
 40. 
 
40. which is indeed the principall meanes, to inflame the 
 
 hearts of the hearers, and to make the people zealous: 
 
 whereupon it is no doubt thar the Apoftle euer towards the 
 
 endsofhisEpiftles, hauing before plentifully taught the 
 
 found truth , he vfeth to conclude with many exhortations. 
 
 But for Minifters to doe this powerfully, by the aid of Gods ^ U V* C ? P rc- 
 
 fpirit giuingvs this gift, we mufthaueferuentzeale of Gods cn c * 
 
 glory, great companion towards the people to faue their 
 
 foules, vnfamed hatred of finne, and a lincere defire to haue 
 
 the truth intertained, and exprelTcd by a religious praclife, 
 
 elfe will not the words of exhortation carry that life to the 
 
 hearts of the Hearers, as were to bee wiiried , and as indeed 
 
 experience doth declare. 
 
 In the exhortaion, Heare the word of the Lord yee children AfubdiuifT- 
 oflfraei \ we may obferue thefccircumftances, the matter on orlI ? e *"** 
 of the exhortation, and the parties exhorted. The matter is ^Vciim* 1 ** 
 to heare the word ofthe Lord j the parties , are the children ibices, 
 oflfrael. 
 
 Hear e the word of the Lord. Hecre the Prophet as it were 
 maketh an O yes, and craueth audience to his meflage, de- 
 claring as a reafon to mooue to attend, that it is the word of ^P^- 
 theLord^whichhebringethviuothem: and it is, as if hee 
 had faid, Hearken (6 y eechildren of Ifrael ) and hit en vnto Paraphrafe* 
 me, for I come not vn:o you, as doe the falfe Prophets, with 
 the dreames of mine owne head •, nor with any rumour or a 
 fcattered word , of any vncertaine Author , not knowing 
 whence it is ; nor with the word of any man, nor Angel: but 
 with the word of the Lord, the eternallGod , and therefore 
 ought yee to heare. Whence we doe learne; That audi- Dotfrinc 
 ence is due to Chrifts meflengers which doe bring his 
 word, andfuchmay boldly claime it at the peoples hands. 
 The reafon is, for that fuch doe Hand in (Thrift his ftead, Reafon. 
 and the receiuing of them, is the receiuing of him, as the de- j 1 '^ 1 °'*°* 
 fpifing of them, is the defpjfing of him. For which caufc the E X ' 3mp j e# ' 
 Prophets boldly commanded the people to hearken, cuen 
 becaufe they fpake onely that which God did fpeake , and 
 alleaged no other reafon, as it iseuident in Icrcm.j^i^. Icr.13.15. 
 
 Qv 3 y ca 
 
i.Thef.4. 
 
 1.8. 
 
 Vfe to Mi. 
 
 niftcrs. 
 
 Reafons. 
 
 Tit. 2.. i J. 
 
 Prcucntion. 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 Conclufion 
 with an ex- 
 hortation. 
 
 Vfevntothe 
 people. 
 
 yea the Apoftlc vponthc trueth of his meiTage , that hee 
 fpake onely to them Gods word , and gaue them comman- 
 dements by the Lord lefus , telleth the TheiTalonians, that 
 he which defpifeth the things which he taught them,defpi- 
 fed not man, but God. 
 
 Therefore let vs of the Minifterie, whilcft we come onely 
 with the word of God, charge our auditory to giue their 
 attendance and to hearken. By the Lord we haue warrant 
 to fpeakc his word with all authorities. 2.1 /. and whileft 
 we onely teach his word , we haue cuer an argument in our 
 mouths continually vrging them to attend : God fpeaking 
 by man to men : the Creatour by the mouth of his Ambaf- 
 fadours, to his Creatures : the Lord to his feruants , and the 
 King to his fubiecls. Why fliould wee then fearc , to fay, 
 Heare fubiec"ts the voice of your Soueraigne , hearken you 
 feruants to the will of your Lord , and giue eare you Inha- 
 bitants o f the earth, to the great God, the Creatour of Hea- 
 uen and earth ? We fee how bold men can be, which come 
 from earthly kings , with a charge from them), to their fub- 
 iefts, to command fuch a % they be fent vnto , to giue eare to 
 the melTage,& this dare they do to the greateft fubieel: : and 
 what is mans word and authorise, to worke fuch confident 
 boldneiTe, in comparifon of the word of the cternall God ? 
 Therefore let vs, considering in whofen; mewcfpeake,and 
 the word that wee fpeake, euenthepowerofGodtofal- 
 uation , not be afraid to command filence to eucrie fubieel, 
 be he neuer fo great , and to hearken to the word of his So- 
 ueraigne, as they feare his wrath. Noc to dare to bid harken, 
 where men fhouldand doe not lift en, is to be pollened with 
 a flauifh feare, and to yeeld an vnfufferable indignitic to be 
 offrcd to the meiTage of the Almightie. Indeed, if men 
 come with the word of their owne mouth, and mens inuer- 
 tions, be they neuer fo ancient and learned, in ftead of Gods 
 word, then as the people need not to attend , fo haue iuch 
 no authoritiefrom God to command any to hearken. 
 
 Againe, as this vfe is to vs of the Minifterictobebold to 
 claime audience, fo is it your dutie all of you the people pre- 
 
 fent 
 
 
fent , to giuc audience to the word. It is the Lords comman- Reafons. 
 dement, lam. 1.19. O^fattb.i^.^. %euel.z.ii.ij. Pro.2.3. 
 Itisthemeanesto beget faith in you, Tlgm. 10. 14. It is a 
 rnarkc of Gods childe, Job. 8. 47. and of your fpintuall kin- 
 dred with Chrift,£*fc 8.2 1. And isofmoreeftimation with 
 Chrift, than if you fhouldintertaine hisperfon with coftly 
 cheere. Lnk. 10.4c. And therefore bee ready to hearken 
 whentlu Lord fpeaketh vnto you. But if you will not, but Rc proo f c# 
 rather neglect or defpifek,know you,thatGod will call you Reafons. 
 to an ac< refore : Youbreakehis commandemenr, ^, • 
 
 i.Thejf.< o. You are not of God, butoftheDiuell, lob. 8. 
 47. \J0hn4. 6. God will plague you without mercy in the f 
 day of his vengeance. Prou. j . 24—27. And it iriall be eaiier Matt.10.14 z$ 
 for Sod9mesind Gomorrba, in the day of deftru&ion , to en- 
 ter into glory , than for fuch accurfed mifcreants to enioy 
 faluation. And therefore feare your fcorners , and arife out 
 of the feat of the fcornefull. 
 
 Heare. By hearing is not meant abarehearing: buta hea- Expofition 
 ring with attention , and vnderftandingto obedience : The wun thc 
 force of the word will carry thus much in the originall : and P r °°k* 
 we may read, that the holy Ghoft ioineth attention with ^^^ 
 hearing, Ier. 13. 15. and vnderftanding with hearing, 
 Matt, 7.14. And condemneth hearing without obedience, Paraphra 
 Rom. 2.13. lam. 1. 22. Therforeitis,asifhehadfaid,Heare, 
 but fo as you liften wel to vndcrfrand,that you may become 
 in thepurpofe of your hearts obedient thereunto. 
 
 Wee hence learne, that not euerykinde of hearing the Doftrinc. 
 word, but fuch a hearing as is declared , is that which muft 
 be lent to the word of God, becaufc God fetteth down fuch Rcafon. 
 a hearing as he is wel pleafed with*, and that kind of hearing 
 muft weaffoordhim>fohecommandeth : and fuch a hea- ^ cut «y- l 7- 
 ring did the godly yeeld vnto the word. It isfaidthatfhee Exam .' ' 
 heard the words of our Sauiour, and pondered them in her Vfeburondy 
 heart. Heere this doctrine aflfoordeth the vfe of Correction, mentioned 
 J| and reproofe to many, euen allj forts of vnprofitable hea- f°jbrcuitic 
 & rers, the vaine headed, the drowfie Sutjchns , the carnall a c * 
 LI worldlinsi.and fuch as come into the con£re°;ation,of forme 
 V\ 0.4 and 
 
 !j 
 
 V 
 
and fafhion but without any deuotion : whofe mindes are 
 darkned , they Grangers from the life of God , fuch as the 
 God ofnhis world hath blinded , and made them carelefTe 
 of their faluation, to their vtterdcftruclion, except they 
 amend : but forbreuitie I paflethem ouer: and fo come 
 vnto that which followes. • 
 
 Thewordofthe Lord : The Prophet hecre you fee tel- 
 leth them, that that which hee was to deliucr, as you hatic 
 heard, was not the word of any, but the word of the Lord : 
 ■ine- ty wmcn wee learnej That the Prophets and holy men of 
 God , came euer and onely with the word of God in their 
 mouths , and therewith did reft themfelues contented. Be- 
 rn, caufe they were directed wholly by Gods fpirit , 2. Pet. 1 . 
 21. And were willing to be fubiect: to the guidance of the 
 fame: as we may fee in all of them. Sfaii.i.&z.z.ler.i.i. 
 and foofthe reft. Heb. 1.1. 
 Vfe. Therefore if wee will be the Minifters of lefus Chrift , let 
 
 vs come to our people onely with the word of God : So are 
 we commanded, Afattb.z 8. 20. where alfo he promifeth to 
 fuch his prefence. Our office requireth fo onely to doe, for 
 1. Cor.4. t h a t we are in Chnfts ftead, and Ambafladours 5 now Am- 
 baftadours fpealce onely what is giuen them in commiffion ; 
 the end of our labour tieth vs onely to the word , the end is 
 either toconuert orftrengthenmen in religion, which no 
 other word can doe, but the wordof God. Therefore the 
 A&.17.*. Apoftle^. /W/camc onely with the word, difputed by the 
 & 1 e.iz. word, and taught onely what was written : yea,our Sauiour 
 ohn 1 1 .49. faid, that which he taught was not his word , but the word 
 , , of his Father. Laftly, the people elfe may take iuft cxcep- 
 
 ft.17.11f tionagainft vs, and are not bound to regard vs fartherthan 
 10.15. " we come with the word. Therefore let vs fticke vnto the 
 eut.$.27. word. 
 
 Thofe that cannot content themfelues with the word of 
 God, iuftly are heere reprooucd,and condemned,they mew 
 themfelues not to be Chnfts AmbaiTadours, they dare doe 
 more than either true Prophets or Apoftles durft doe, yea or 
 that our Sauiour would doe. Such doenotfeeketheconucr- 
 
 fion, 
 
xrine. 
 
 / 
 
 jt vu Kjuupmaras rraciiic. i j 
 
 fionoffoules,norrcgardtobefaithfullin their mcflage, or 
 obedient to Chrifh commandement ; Such areknowen by 
 their fruits , for fo may they bee knowen , as our Sauiour Ma "h.7. 
 teacheth. And thus much for the matter of the exhortation. 
 
 Tee children of Ifrael. The parties exhorted, Yee children Ground of 
 oflfrael: in which words is a double figure, a Synecdoche, thc do 3 rin *. 
 Children oflfrael, encly the ten tribes •, and a Metonymic, * 
 
 children for the pofteritic of Jacob, vc hich came of his chil- g 
 dren. f 
 
 Rhetorickcis an Art fanc*tified by Gods fpirit, andmay Dodrinc. 
 be lawfully vfed in handling of Gods word : there may bee 
 giuen,andare already by learned men fet downe inftances 
 of all theparts of Rhethoncke out of the Scripture. And 
 therefore the Arte is to be approoued , and onely the abufc Vfe. 
 thereof to be condemned. 
 
 Tee children oflfrael. To thefe was the Prophet fent, and Paraphrafe 
 therefore he calleth them by name , and to them dire&eth for laying o- 
 his fpeech. q. d. If it be demanded to whom I fpeake , and P cn tn / 
 whom I exhort to heare the word of the Lord : I fpeake not ^"inc 
 to the Heathen, to another nation , but to you the pofteritic 
 of Jacob, to you the children oflfrael, to whom I am fent to 
 make knowen to you the will of the Lord. 
 
 z It is the office of Gods meflenger to make knowen to Do&rine. 
 whom he is fent 5 and that hee fpeaketh to them : Therefore 
 doth the Lord mew to his feruants not only what to fpeake, 
 but alfo to whom by name, Efai $ 8. 1 . and fo the Prophets 
 fpakc not onely what God commanded, but alfo vntofuch 
 as they were fent , calling vpon them by name, whether 
 fpeakingof iudgement, asheere, or of mercie, as mlerem. 
 45.2. - 
 
 Therefore muft we Gods Miniftcrs call vpon our people vf e . 
 to whom we are fent , that they may know we fpeake vnro 
 them. It will argue our faithfulnelTe. The people cannot a- 
 uoid , but of neceflltie mud take notice of, that which is 
 fpoken, to force them to obedience, ortolcauc them alto- 
 githerinexcufable. Neither doth there want examples for 
 this euerie where in thebookcof the Prophets, who fome- 
 
 R time 
 
 \ 
 
Mich $. i, f . tmie called vpon their Elders , Princes , Priefis, Prophets , 
 M.la.i r. and Kings, and vpon eucrie ellate to whom they were fenc, 
 Icr. 2 1 . 3 . ljfc c as L \ K \ a if our Sauiour Chrift , as we may read in the 
 loc u a' Euangelift. What fhould therefore let vs ce fpeakc vnto 
 Matt.M.15. our people plainly, and not as doe Tome, fo in the third per- 
 forms ifthey intended fome other than the people to whom 
 they then fpeakc before, and ought to fpeakc vnto alfo : as 
 Ier.r.^. ifchey were afraid of their faces? But let fuch fearc, left 
 Reu.1^8. q oc [ t ( c (} r0 y t ] lcm k e f ore tne other j for the fearefull fliali 
 haue his portion in the burning lake of lire and brimllone, 
 which is the fecond death* 
 Do&rlne. Tee children of I fraeL Heecalleth the pofterkie of manic 
 
 generations the children of one father, for that they came 
 all of Jacob, which was called Ifrael. By which wee may 
 learne, that many difcents doe not extinguifh fatherhood 
 and childhood in confanguinitie. Wherupon it was that the 
 Scribes and Pharifees held themfelues the children of o^- 
 Iohn 3 .47. braham, and hrm their father, and our Sauiour did not denie 
 
 it after the flefh. 
 Vfe. Therefore fuch as of vs be truelyofone blood, mull be- 
 
 haue our felues as children of one father, and liue as bre- 
 thren, nouriming one an other, euenas the fappe from the 
 root drch the maine branches, and thefe another fprigges, 
 by which the tree flouri{heih,and fpreadeth abroad it felfc. 
 Thereisanaturallinftjnclforthis, if men would follow it. 
 We fee, ifonebein a ftrangc nation, and but meet with a 
 countrey man, hee is in heart much affe tied towards him. 
 Shall thefoile combinebecaufewe there were borne, and 
 fhall not the participation of thefame blood, we comming 
 from one ftocke, knit our hearts together ? The Iewes held 
 an vnitie vnder the name of brotherhood *, it was Abrahams 
 ii reafontoZ^toeeafefromcontention^nda'focf the Pro- 
 phet to ftay the crueltieof Ifraelites againft the Iewes, by* 
 the name of brethren : fo auaileable was it then to hold 
 them together for that they were of one blood. Bur now it 
 is farreotherwife, for brethren nigheft in blood hardly re- 
 gard one anc dier, fo void arc we of naturallafftcTions, an 
 
 cuident 
 
A 
 
 euident fignethat weearcinthelaftdaies, andliucin peri- 
 
 Ions times, as the Apoftlc foretold. And thus much for the J^inTfj. 
 
 exhortation. Thereafotnhereof,W'hichisthcfecondpartof * , c ° 
 
 the text, followeth in thefe words : For the Lord bath a con- text t \^ rca . 
 
 trouerfie with the Inhabitants of the /and. As if the Prophet Ton of the 
 
 •hadfaid , There is great caufe why youfhould haiken dili- exhortation. 
 
 gently to that which I fayvnto you 5 I fpeake of no light lf) 
 
 matter, nor of any meane perfon , but of a great controucr- 
 
 fie betweene the Lord, the Almightie God of heauenand 
 
 earth , and of all you the Inhabitants of the land 5 you hauc 
 
 thought heeretofore , lightly of the matter, ashauingbut 
 
 controuerfiewithvs hismeilcngers, but know r now, that 
 
 thecontrouerfieis with the Lord, who himfelfe willarreft 
 
 you by all his great and fearefull plagues to make anfwer 
 
 vnto all that which heefhall lay to your charge, becaufe 
 
 there is no truth, normercie, nor knowledge of God in the 
 
 land. The words conteine both a reafon why they mould 
 
 heare, and alfo fetteth foorth the matter what they mould 
 
 heare : out of which, as from the exhortation, many leiTons 
 
 may be gathered, both from the drift of the words, as alfo 
 
 from the words themfelues , which I will but onely name 
 
 at this prefent, and fo conclude. 
 
 For, a notc%£a reafon giuenofthat which went before: Doftrines 
 fufficient reafon may euer bee giuen to enduce an auditorie ondy Cct t 
 to heare, and particularly a reafon from Gods difpleafurea- dovvnc - 
 gainft them, as in this place. 
 
 Lord, the word is his name which he fhewed to Mofes, jhc ground, 
 £xod.y. when he would deliuerlfrael, by which name he 
 before was not knowen : Now the Prophet vfeth it, when 
 bee wilt punilh the Ifraelites. That God which was the Do&rincs. 
 Lord in ihewing mercy, is alfo the Lord in mewing iuftice. 
 Againe,as God the Lord contendeth for his people, fo will 
 that fame Lord alfo contend with his people ,when they re- 
 bell againft him. 
 
 A Contr otter fie. A word taken from men in politicall af- Ground, 
 faires, and applied vnto God in Heauenly matters, to teach, Doctrines, 
 that as there is contention betweene man and man, fo alfo it 
 
 R 2 fallcs 
 
2U J. UZ KJtJCIJVCUr Ui 1 fClLMJC* 
 
 «^. fallcs out to be fo betwecne God and man 5 but cucr the fault 
 isonmansbehalfe. 
 
 Ground. With the Inhabitants of the land: the parties with whom 
 
 the Lord will contend, with fuch as poflefle thcland,which 
 he had placed them in, fo as he had a right in them, they be- 
 
 Do&rincj. ing the Lords Tenants. Whence we doe learne, that where 
 God will contend, he hath iuft caufe fo to doc. Againc,this 
 generall fummoning of all fhewes the miferable defection of 
 
 \all , and that therefore God will fpare none, as he is no ac- 
 cepter of perfons. Laftly, from all wee may learne , that 
 k n» though with men God hath beene pieafed •, yet if they re- 
 1 *"*\ bell againfl him, he can be difpleafed with them, and will 
 call them all to a reckoning, that doe not repent : he feareth 
 neither their might nor their multitude. And thus wee fee 
 what doctrines anfe from hence , which might haue beene 
 prooued, and v(cs made thereof as before: but that time will 
 not fuffer , and that which is wanting for a time , may bee 
 # fuppliedintime. 
 The conclu- You haue heard, beloued, out ofthis portion of Scripture 
 fion ot the fcuerall lellbns, and the vfes thereof , as might beft ferue at 
 Sermon con- in j s p re f ent for your edification. Be not forgetfull Hearers, 
 do&rincsde- ca ^ wn at you haue heard to remembrance , that albeit mer- 
 Imcrcd, with cies belong to the penitent, yet iudgements are only due to 
 an esrneft the impenitent. And therfore let not prefumptuous finners 
 exhortation vaiB jy prcfume of mercy, for to you that are fuch,belongeth 
 inpracliff m no P arc or ~ tne portion of the faithfully your due is death,and 
 if you perfifr, your part is damnation -, and although this bee 
 vnfauory, and that your wicked hearts cannot away to 
 cade fuch fovver fauce whileft they are drawne away with 
 the fweetneiTe offin,yet haue you beene taught,that the lay- 
 ing open of your finnes, and denouncing deferued iudge- 
 ments for the fame, is a meanes to make you know your 
 felues, and your miferable efbte 5 and therefore muft wee 
 publifti the fame, and you mull learne therby to know your 
 felues, that you may bewaile your miferieand feekefor deli- 
 uerance. Prepare your felues to heare, as you haue beene 
 raught,and fuffer the words of exhortation as our duty is,to 
 
 fpeake 
 
1 be o&epbeards Tract/JK 2 1 
 
 fpeake vntoyou. Audiencemuflbegiuentothcword jand 
 noteuery kincie of hearing, butiuch a hearing, as may bring 
 obedience with it through vndei (landing and belccfe. If wc 
 fpeake to you the word or the Lord , asyoufearethe Lord, 
 you muft hlren.To you(Brcthren) hauel fpoken,and vpoa 
 you I call to take knowledge of your waies, for alTuredly the 
 Loi d,the great & mighty, eu en the God of Heauen & Earth 
 hath a concrouerfie with vs now the Inhabitants of this land: 
 the Lord hath (Iriuen with vs by his mercies , but wee haue 
 not amended 5 he hath fummoned vs by iudgements great 
 and fearefull, yet may I fay with Amos, yet haue we not tur- 
 ned vnto the Lord. Will you (oh dud and allies ) will you 
 contend with your God \ i"hall Pharao refi(l,and not be con- 
 founded? Confider, 6 confiderl befcech you what you doc, 
 he is mighty to ouerrhrow vs, he is wife to preucnt vs 5 if hee 
 proceed in iufticc,and we prouokfc him to wrath,thatiuflice 
 (hall damne vs, and that wrath lhall vtterly confume vs. The 
 fenfelefle Creatures (hall rife vp in iudgement againil vs. Sec 
 fee how the mountain did (hake at Gods feareful voice in gi- 
 uingofthe Law : behold how all the Ifraelkes tremble and 
 LMofer the feruant of the Lord. Oh you people of God ao 
 cufevs not ! O earth and mountainefhame vs not ! doe not 
 you rife vp in iudgement againft vs j for wee haueheard the 
 Lord thundering with iudgements and executing his fierce 
 wrath amongft vs , and yet haue not y eelded nor fubmitted 
 our felues vnderthis mightiehand of God. Will you conti- A batheticill 
 nuc ? (hall God confume vs ? I hope better of you. Lord le- c ? f> 2 ? d , 
 fus make intcrceffion for vs : oh father in Heauen bee merci- j c „ l ^hilcV 
 full vnto vs •, to whom, as we begun fo let vs pray, and ther- affeftions arc 
 with conclude in the name of his blelTed Sonne and mooucd to 
 our Sauiour, to whom with the Father and the ieau 1 c lI \ cn ? 
 
 Holy Spirit, be all praife and glory • ™ lha dchrc * 
 
 cow and for euermorc. 
 tAmcn. 
 
t 
 
 ) 
 
 
 t